{"title":"Storage \u0026 Accessories","description":null,"products":[{"product_id":"rigd-supply-ramblerack-lever-lock","title":"RIGd Supply RambleRack Lever Lock","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe RambleRack Lever Lock is an auxiliary security lock designed to lock the lever of the RambleRack bike carrier, adding a deterrent against theft during quick stops. Two variants are available: a USA Made Lever Lock machined from stainless steel, and a Curt Lever Lock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCustom fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Specifically designed for use with the RambleRack.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel construction (USA Made variant):\u003c\/strong\u003e Resists rust and corrosion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeatherproof keyhole protection:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tight-fitting rubber cap and O-ring shield the keyhole from water, grime, dirt, and debris.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKeyed alike:\u003c\/strong\u003e USA Made Lever Locks will be keyed to match any USA Made Locking Hitch Pins added to the same order.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHighest quality (USA Made variant):\u003c\/strong\u003e Anti-theft machined stainless-steel locks and pins rigorously tested by trusted 3rd party solutions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKey registration:\u003c\/strong\u003e Keys can be registered so replacements are available if lost. Register at infiniterule.com\/keys.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes two keys\u003c\/strong\u003e with the USA Made variant.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15 oz (both variants)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial (USA Made variant):\u003c\/strong\u003e Machined stainless steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of origin (USA Made variant):\u003c\/strong\u003e Made in USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare and use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is an auxiliary lock intended for convenience and quick stops. For maximum security, use it alongside the RambleRack's primary lock anchor point.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RIGd Supply","offers":[{"title":"USA Made","offer_id":50531452616774,"sku":"61158-D","price":65.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Curt","offer_id":50531452649542,"sku":"23522","price":31.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/USAleverlock_51081079-7013-48da-b824-8ab2336b03d7-sq.jpg?v=1790715401"},{"product_id":"rigd-supply-skep-skid-plate-hitch-step","title":"RIGd Supply SKEP Skid Plate Hitch Step","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe RIGd Supply SKEP is a combined hitch skid plate and step designed for use with the RIGd UltraSwing rear carrier. It mounts in the UltraSwing's hitch position to give a stable footprint for stepping up into a vehicle's rear hatch, ladder, van, camper, or bed rack, while adding skid protection to the UltraSwing with minimal effect on departure angle. It also works as a seat at a height that matches the UltraTable. Note: the SKEP is compatible only with the UltraSwing and will not fit a standard hitch receiver.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSkid and step in one:\u003c\/strong\u003e protects the UltraSwing hitch area while providing a grippy, stable step surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJessup Military Spec grip tape:\u003c\/strong\u003e rated to withstand marine environments, heavy traffic, equipment abrasion, and extreme temperature changes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eZinc-rich primer and powder coat:\u003c\/strong\u003e black semi-gloss finish over a corrosion-resistant base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLocking anti-rattle hitch pin included:\u003c\/strong\u003e keeps the step quiet over rough terrain and deters removal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo removal required for off-road use:\u003c\/strong\u003e built to take trail abuse without being pulled before wheeling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in USA\u003c\/strong\u003e with a Ramble for Life Warranty.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 13 lb\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Zinc-rich primed, black semi-gloss powder coated\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrip surface:\u003c\/strong\u003e Jessup Military Spec grip tape\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e UltraSwing (all versions); not compatible with standard hitch receivers\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Locking anti-rattle hitch pin\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePatent pending.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCalifornia residents:\u003c\/strong\u003e WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm. See www.P65Warnings.ca.gov.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RIGd Supply","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50531460546630,"sku":"SKEP-C","price":274.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/DSC03389-sq.jpg?v=1790715526"},{"product_id":"rigd-supply-license-plate-light-kit","title":"RIGd Supply License Plate Light Kit","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe RIGd Supply License Plate Light Kit is a pre-wired, pre-assembled lighting solution designed for use with the RIGd UltraSwing and RambleSwing Pro + HitchingPost carrier systems. The kit draws power through a 4-pin flat connector that plugs directly into the vehicle's trailer hitch plug, with an 11-foot cable lead for flexible routing. The backing plate is 16-gauge stainless steel with a brushed finish. All mounting hardware and wire retention hardware are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlug-and-play wiring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-pin flat connector plugs directly into the vehicle's trailer hitch plug -- no splicing required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e11-foot cable lead:\u003c\/strong\u003e Extra length allows for clean routing along the carrier or vehicle body.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel backing plate:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16-gauge brushed stainless steel construction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLicense plate frame compatible:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fits most standard license plate frames (frame not included).\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in USA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Assembled domestically with all necessary mounting and wire retention hardware included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBacking plate material:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16-gauge stainless steel, brushed finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConnector type:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-pin flat\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCable length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 11 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 lb\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e RIGd UltraSwing and RambleSwing Pro + HitchingPost only\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare and use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVehicles equipped with a 7-pin connector require a 4-pin adapter (not included) to use this kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCalifornia residents:\u003c\/strong\u003e WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm. See www.P65Warnings.ca.gov.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RIGd Supply","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50531476504646,"sku":"LCEN02","price":82.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/20231025-RIGd-1924-2-sq.jpg?v=1790715768"},{"product_id":"rigd-supply-ultraswing-license-plate-light-kit","title":"RIGd Supply UltraSwing License Plate Light Kit","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe RIGd Supply UltraSwing License Plate Light Kit is a pre-wired, pre-assembled lighting solution designed to mount a license plate at a trailer hitch receiver. The backing plate is 16-gauge stainless steel with a brushed finish. The kit ships with all necessary mounting hardware and wire retention hardware. Note: a License Plate Light Kit is included with all UltraSwing purchases and does not require a separate purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlug-and-play wiring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-pin flat connector plugs directly into the vehicle's 4-pin trailer hitch plug. Vehicles with a 7-pin connector require a 4-pin adapter (not included).\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e6-foot cable lead:\u003c\/strong\u003e provides sufficient length for flexible routing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel backing plate:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16-gauge construction with a brushed finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBroad frame compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e fits most license plate frames (not included).\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade in USA.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCalifornia Proposition 65 Warning:\u003c\/strong\u003e This product can expose you to chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. For more information, visit www.P65Warnings.ca.gov.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RIGd Supply","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50531478175814,"sku":"LCEN01","price":82.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/LicensePlateLightKit-sq.jpg?v=1790715815"},{"product_id":"leitner-designs-gearbag-g2-eva-foam-storage-bag-3-pack-with-patch-kit","title":"Leitner Designs GearBAG G2 EVA Foam Storage Bag 3-Pack with Patch Kit","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Leitner Designs GearBAG G2 3-Pack bundles three 30-liter molded EVA foam cases with a PVC content patch kit. EVA foam flexes rather than cracking, and each bag closes with a water-resistant zipper and coating to keep contents protected. The bags are not fully waterproof and are not recommended for items that would be damaged by water exposure. Three bags fill a GearPOD XL exactly, though they work equally well for organized storage elsewhere in a vehicle. The patch kit lets you label all three bags straight out of the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGearPOD XL fitment:\u003c\/strong\u003e three bags is the exact capacity of the GearPOD XL.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible EVA foam construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e molded shell resists cracking under load or in cold temperatures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWater-resistant closure:\u003c\/strong\u003e coated zipper keeps gear protected inside the pod or on its own.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemovable interior pouches:\u003c\/strong\u003e two velcro-backed pouches per bag mount to the lid and lift out when needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePVC patch labeling:\u003c\/strong\u003e each bag accepts up to five PVC content patches; a starter patch kit is included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 GearBAG G2 cases, PVC content patch kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Molded EVA foam\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30 liters per bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClosure:\u003c\/strong\u003e Water-resistant coating and zipper\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInterior:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 removable, velcro-backed pouches per bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLabeling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 5 PVC content patches per bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFitment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 bags fill the GearPOD XL\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 00-GB3G2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Leitner Designs","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50531537879110,"sku":"00-GB3G2","price":315.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/GearBAG_GEN2_3PAK_GEN2_d01e61b1-b4de-4609-b4d2-0a767af505db-sq.jpg?v=1790716937"},{"product_id":"leitner-designs-gearbag-g2-eva-foam-storage-bag","title":"Leitner Designs GearBAG G2 EVA Foam Storage Bag","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Leitner Designs GearBAG G2 is a 30-liter molded EVA foam bag designed to fit inside the GearPOD and GearPOD XL cargo systems. One bag fits the standard GearPOD; up to three fit the GearPOD XL. Front and top carry handles make it usable as a standalone daily carry bag when pulled from the rack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible EVA foam construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e molded foam that will not crack like a rigid plastic case.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWater-resistant closure:\u003c\/strong\u003e coated zipper and water-resistant coating protect contents inside the GearPOD. The product FAQ states the bag is not fully waterproof and does not recommend it for items that would be damaged by water exposure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemovable lid pockets:\u003c\/strong\u003e two velcro-backed Gear Pockets on the lid remain accessible even while the bag is stowed in the GearPOD.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePVC patch labeling:\u003c\/strong\u003e accepts up to five PVC content patches per bag for easy identification (patches sold separately).\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual carry handles:\u003c\/strong\u003e front and top handles for grab-and-go use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Molded EVA foam\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30 liters\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFitment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 fits the GearPOD; up to 3 fit the GearPOD XL. The product FAQ states the GearPOD DUAL fits 2, and the GearPOD HD fits 3.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClosure:\u003c\/strong\u003e Water-resistant coating and zipper\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandles:\u003c\/strong\u003e Front and top carry handles\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLabeling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fits up to 5 PVC content patches (sold separately)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e 00-GB2\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 lb\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Leitner Designs","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50531539550278,"sku":"00-GB2","price":109.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/GearBAG_GEN2_1_FRONTcopy_d4d35fc5-e27e-4912-8e91-a6762999572-sq.jpg?v=1790716985"},{"product_id":"leitner-designs-hydropod-carry-portable-shower-kit","title":"Leitner Designs HydroPOD CARRY Portable Shower Kit","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Leitner Designs HydroPOD CARRY is a free-standing portable shower system holding 4.8 gallons of potable water and supplying pressure through an integrated hand pump. A 20-foot hose gives enough reach to rinse off at the vehicle, at a trailhead, or at a surf break without repositioning the tank. The unit stores anywhere in a vehicle and can be converted to a rack-mounted configuration with a separately sold bracket kit designed for the Leitner Active Cargo System.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4.8-gallon potable tank:\u003c\/strong\u003e enough capacity for a full rinse-off after surfing, riding, or hiking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e20-foot hose:\u003c\/strong\u003e reaches wherever it is needed without moving the tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated hand pump:\u003c\/strong\u003e high-efficiency pump pressurizes the unit on demand with no external power source required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFree-standing design:\u003c\/strong\u003e stores anywhere in the vehicle; no rack required to use it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRack-convertible:\u003c\/strong\u003e an additional bracket kit mounts the unit directly to a Leitner Active Cargo System rack.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes mounting hardware:\u003c\/strong\u003e installs in minutes with all hardware in the box.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTank capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.8 gallons (potable water)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHose length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePressurizing:\u003c\/strong\u003e integrated high-efficiency hand pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e free-standing; convertible to rack-mounted with additional bracket kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrigin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed, engineered, and manufactured in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e 00-HPC-1488\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Leitner Designs","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50531552886854,"sku":"00-HPC-1488","price":369.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/HydroPOD_CARRY_01.1-sq.jpg?v=1790717132"},{"product_id":"leitner-designs-gearpod-hd-aluminum-side-mount-storage-box","title":"Leitner Designs GearPOD HD Aluminum Side-Mount Storage Box","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Leitner Designs GearPOD HD is a CNC-welded, high-strength 5000-series aluminum diamond-plate storage box designed to mount to the side of the Leitner Active Cargo System rack. At 48 gallons (192 quarts) of capacity and a 150 lb weight limit, it holds substantially more than a standard truck toolbox while keeping the truck bed clear. Dual air-struts hold the lid open at any position. The GearPOD HD is designed, engineered, and manufactured in the USA and carries a 2-year warranty. Note: it is not compatible with the ACS FORGED for the Ford Maverick, and it cannot be keyed the same as the GateKeeper, GearPOD XL, GearPOD Dual, or standard GearPOD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiamond-plate aluminum construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e CNC-welded 5000-series aluminum plate for high-strength durability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual air-struts:\u003c\/strong\u003e hold the lid at any open position for hands-free access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSide-mount design:\u003c\/strong\u003e mounts to the side of the Active Cargo System rack, leaving the truck bed floor open.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless-reinforced locking latch:\u003c\/strong\u003e key locking with 2 keys included, plus integrated padlock holes for additional security.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUser-serviceable seal:\u003c\/strong\u003e automotive-grade bulb seal is field-replaceable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eT-slot installation:\u003c\/strong\u003e mounts with 4 TrakLok nuts and Grade 10.9 black zinc-nickel-plated bolts; all hardware included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCNC-welded diamond-textured 5000-series aluminum plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOutside Dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48.5\" long x 16.0\" deep x 15.0\" tall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInside Dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48.3\" long x 14.8\" tall; depth tapers from 10.0\" (top) to 16.0\" (bottom)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOpening\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45.0\" wide x 12.75\" tall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStorage Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48 gallons (192 quarts)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 lbs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBox Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 lbs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting Brackets\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDual-stage powder-coated aluminum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeal\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUser-serviceable automotive-grade bulb seal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSecurity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKey locking (2 keys included), integrated padlock holes, stainless-reinforced locking latch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGearBAG Fitment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 GearBAGs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInstallation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slot with 4 TrakLok nuts and Grade 10.9 black zinc-nickel-plated bolts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 years. Mounting the GearPOD HD on any rack other than the Leitner Active Cargo System voids the warranty against breakage or malfunction.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOrigin\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesigned, engineered, and manufactured in the USA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare and use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GearPOD HD is engineered to work exclusively with the Leitner Active Cargo System. Mounting it on any other rack voids the Leitner warranty against breakage or malfunction. The bulb seal is user-serviceable and can be replaced in the field.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCalifornia residents:\u003c\/strong\u003e WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm. See www.P65Warnings.ca.gov.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Leitner Designs","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50531554132038,"sku":"00-GPHDA-1940","price":999.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/DSC0616copy_1024x1024_2x.webp-Edit-sq.jpg?v=1790717188"},{"product_id":"leitner-designs-gearpod-xl-side-mount-truck-bed-gearbox","title":"Leitner Designs GearPOD XL Side-Mount Truck Bed Gearbox","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Leitner Designs GearPOD XL is a roto-molded high-density polyethylene gearbox that mounts to the side of a Leitner Active Cargo System rack rather than consuming truck bed floor space. At 40 gallons (160 quarts) of storage capacity and a 150 lb weight limit, it is four times the volume of the original GearPOD. The shell is the same material used in kayak construction. It ships with all mounting hardware and fits three GearBAGs. Note: the GearPOD XL is not compatible with the ACS FORGED for the Ford Maverick.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLeitner Lid Lifter:\u003c\/strong\u003e spring-activated mechanism for one-handed opening and closing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSide-mount design:\u003c\/strong\u003e attaches to the rack rail rather than sitting on the bed floor, leaving the bed usable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDouble-secured closure:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 locking latches plus a padlock hasp on each end; two keys included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eT-slot installation:\u003c\/strong\u003e mounts with six TrakLok nuts and Grade 10.9 Black Zinc-Nickel-plated bolts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGearBAG compatible:\u003c\/strong\u003e interior sized to accept up to three GearBAGs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in USA:\u003c\/strong\u003e designed, engineered, and manufactured in the United States.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoto-molded high-density polyethylene\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOutside dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50.0\" L x 17.3\" D x 15.5\" T (tapered; 11.9\" deep at top)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInside dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e47.8\" L x 14.6\" D x 13.2\" T (narrows to 10.0\" deep at top)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStorage capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 gallons (160 quarts)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 lbs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 lbs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGearBAG fitment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 GearBAGs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSecurity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKey locking (2 keys included), integrated padlock holes, stainless-reinforced locking latch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting Brackets\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKey locking (2 keys included), plus a padlock hasp at each end\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHardware\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 TrakLok nuts, Grade 10.9 Black Zinc-Nickel-plated bolts (included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 years. Mounting the GearPOD XL on any rack other than the Leitner Active Cargo System voids the warranty against breakage or malfunction.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOrigin\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesigned, engineered, and manufactured in the USA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e00-GPXLG2-1433\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePatents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eU.S. Patents 9,586,629 · 10,259,508 · 10,739,200 · 11,377,160 · 11,851,111 · 12,420,872\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare and use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GearPOD XL is engineered to work with the Leitner Active Cargo System only. Mounting it on any other rack voids the warranty against breakage or malfunction. Keyed-alike matching with other GearPODs cannot be guaranteed; leave a note before checkout or email support@leitnerdesigns.com if you want them matched.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Leitner Designs","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50531554656326,"sku":"00-GPXLG2-1433","price":759.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/GEARPOD_XL_GEN2_8_ICON_3-sq.jpg?v=1790717215"},{"product_id":"leitner-designs-hydropod-acs-rack-shower-kit","title":"Leitner Designs HydroPOD ACS Rack Shower Kit","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Leitner Designs HydroPOD ACS Rack Shower Kit is a rack-mounted shower system that mounts in-line on a Leitner ACS rack. It holds 4.8 gallons of potable water and delivers it through a 20-foot hose, pressurized by an integrated hand pump. All mounting hardware is included. The kit is designed, engineered, and manufactured in the USA.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4.8-gallon potable water tank:\u003c\/strong\u003e enough capacity for a full rinse-off after surfing, riding, or hiking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e20-foot hose:\u003c\/strong\u003e long enough to reach the engine compartment even when the unit is mounted at the rear of the rack.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated hand pump:\u003c\/strong\u003e custom-engineered, high-efficiency Leitner pump pressurizes the unit on demand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRack-mounted design:\u003c\/strong\u003e mounts in-line on a Leitner ACS rack and includes all hardware for installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in USA:\u003c\/strong\u003e designed, engineered, and manufactured in the United States.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTank capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.8 gallons (potable water)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHose length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePressurizing:\u003c\/strong\u003e integrated high-efficiency hand pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e in-line on Leitner ACS rack\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16 lb\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrigin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed, engineered, and manufactured in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Leitner Designs","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50531556556870,"sku":"00-HP-1451","price":369.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/HydroPOD_KIT_modified-sq.jpg?v=1790717257"},{"product_id":"leitner-designs-gearpod-side-mount-truck-bed-gearbox","title":"Leitner Designs GearPOD Side-Mount Truck Bed Gearbox","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Leitner Designs GearPOD is a roto-molded high-density polyethylene gearbox that mounts to the side of a truck bed rack, keeping gear accessible without consuming bed space. The shell is the same material used in kayak construction. Inside dimensions are 13.9\" x 14.6\" x 10\", with a storage volume of 10.5 gallons (1.4 cubic feet) and a weight capacity of 65 lbs. The GearPOD is engineered to work exclusively with the Leitner Active Cargo System; mounting it on any other rack voids the warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLeitner Lid Lifter:\u003c\/strong\u003e spring-activated mechanism for one-handed opening and closing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSide-mount design:\u003c\/strong\u003e attaches to the side rail of the Active Cargo System rather than the bed floor, leaving the full bed usable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKey locking security:\u003c\/strong\u003e stainless-reinforced locking latch with integrated padlock holes; two keys included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardware-included install:\u003c\/strong\u003e mounts via T-slot with 6 TrakLok nuts and Grade 10.9 Black Zinc-Nickel-plated bolts; no additional hardware required. The specification list states 4 TrakLok nuts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGearBAG compatible:\u003c\/strong\u003e sized to accept one Leitner GearBAG insert.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoto-molded high-density polyethylene\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInside Dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13.9\" x 14.6\" x 10\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStorage Volume\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.5 gallons (1.4 cubic feet)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 lbs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e65 lbs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSecurity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKey locking, integrated padlock holes, stainless-reinforced latch; 2 keys included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInstallation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slot mount; 4 TrakLok nuts and Grade 10.9 Black Zinc-Nickel-plated bolts included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGearBAG Fitment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 GearBAG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 years\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOrigin\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesigned, engineered, and manufactured in the USA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePatents: U.S. Patents 9,586,629 - 10,259,508 - 10,739,200 - 11,377,160 - 11,851,111 - 12,420,872.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare and use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GearPOD is compatible with the Leitner Active Cargo System only. Installing it on a third-party rack voids the warranty against breakage or malfunction. If ordering multiple units and keyed-alike locks are required, note the request at the time of purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Leitner Designs","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50531565469766,"sku":"00-GPG2-1423","price":399.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/GEARPOD_GEN2_ICON_3-sq.jpg?v=1790717414"},{"product_id":"leitner-designs-gearpod-dual-side-mount-truck-bed-storage-box","title":"Leitner Designs GearPOD DUAL Side-Mount Truck Bed Storage Box","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Leitner Designs GearPOD DUAL is a roto-molded high-density polyethylene gearbox that mounts to the side rail of the Leitner Active Cargo System (ACS) rack rather than sitting in the truck bed. It holds 18.75 gallons (75 quarts) and carries up to 110 lbs of gear. Inside dimensions are 30\" x 14.5\" x 13.2\". The box is designed and built in the USA and is compatible across the ACS lineup, with primary fitment for the ACS FORGED Maverick.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLeitner Lid Lifter:\u003c\/strong\u003e spring-activated mechanism for one-handed opening and controlled closing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSide-mounted access:\u003c\/strong\u003e mounts to the side of the ACS rack, leaving the truck bed floor clear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDouble-secured locking:\u003c\/strong\u003e two key-locking latches (2 keys included) plus a padlock hasp at each end.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGearBAG compatible:\u003c\/strong\u003e interior sized to accept 2 Leitner GearBAGs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardware-inclusive install:\u003c\/strong\u003e mounts via 4 TrakLok nuts and Grade 10.9 Black Zinc-Nickel-plated bolts; all hardware included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoto-molded high-density polyethylene\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInside Dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30\" x 14.5\" x 13.2\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStorage Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18.75 gallons (75 quarts)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting Brackets\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZinc-nickel plated, dual-stage powder-coated steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInstallation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slot, 4 TrakLok nuts and Grade 10.9 Black Zinc-Nickel-plated bolts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSecurity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 key-locking latches, padlock hasp at each end (2 keys included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGearBAG Fitment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 GearBAGs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e00-GPDU-1505\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 years\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOrigin\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesigned, engineered, and manufactured in the USA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePatents: U.S. Patents 9,586,629 - 10,259,508 - 10,739,200 - 11,377,160 - 11,851,111 - 12,420,872.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare and use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GearPOD DUAL is engineered for use with the Leitner Active Cargo System only. Mounting it on any other rack voids the Leitner warranty against breakage or malfunction. If ordering multiple GearPODs and keyed-alike locks are required, note this request at checkout.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Leitner Designs","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50531582312518,"sku":"00-GPDU-1505","price":579.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/GEARPOD_DUAL_1.2-sq.jpg?v=1790717748"},{"product_id":"body-armor-4x4-trail-gloves","title":"Body Armor 4x4 Trail Gloves","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe Body Armor 4x4 Trail Gloves are work-ready recovery and trail gloves built from a neoprene, PVC, and nylon blend, offering touchscreen compatibility on the index finger and thumb so you can use a phone or GPS without removing them. Available in Large and X-Large.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDouble-Layer Protection Where It Counts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Trail Gloves feature double-stitched padding with dual-layer fingertip reinforcement at the points that take the most abuse during recovery work: shackling, rigging, and handling rope or chain. That extra material at the fingertips means the gloves hold up through repeated use rather than wearing through at the first stress point.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eGrip and Touchscreen Access on the Trail\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn anti-slip palm patch keeps tools, straps, and hardware from shifting in your hand when conditions are wet or muddy. Touchscreen-compatible fabric on the index finger and thumb lets you navigate maps, check a trail app, or make a call without pulling the gloves off, a practical detail when you are standing in the cold or rain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eEasy Care Between Trips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe neoprene, PVC, and nylon construction is machine washable, so trail grime, mud, and grease wash out without hand-scrubbing or special treatment. Toss them in with a load after a trip and they are ready for the next one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial blend:\u003c\/strong\u003e neoprene, PVC, and nylon construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTouchscreen compatible:\u003c\/strong\u003e index finger and thumb work on touchscreen devices\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMachine washable:\u003c\/strong\u003e easy to clean after trail or recovery use\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced fingertips:\u003c\/strong\u003e double-stitched padding with dual-layer fingertip reinforcement\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnti-slip palm patch:\u003c\/strong\u003e improves grip on tools, straps, and hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eNeoprene, PVC, and nylon blend\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eTouchscreen compatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eIndex finger and thumb\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCare\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMachine washable\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eAvailable sizes\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eLarge, X-Large\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThe Body Armor 4x4 Trail Gloves suit overlanders and off-road drivers who want hand protection during vehicle recovery, trail work, and camp tasks, and who need to stay on a touchscreen device without removing their gloves. The machine-washable construction makes them practical for repeated, dirty use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThese gloves are only available in Large and X-Large; buyers who need Small or Medium sizing will not find a fit here. No insulation or cold-weather rating is described, so these gloves are not suited for buyers seeking winter-rated hand protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhich fingers are touchscreen compatible?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Body Armor 4x4 Trail Gloves have touchscreen-compatible fabric on the index finger and thumb only. Other fingers are not compatible, so basic phone navigation and tapping can be done without removing the gloves, but multi-finger gestures may not register.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eCan these gloves be machine washed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eYes. The Trail Gloves are machine washable. The neoprene, PVC, and nylon blend is designed to be cleaned in a standard washing machine, making it straightforward to remove mud, grease, and trail grime between uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat sizes are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Body Armor 4x4 Trail Gloves are available in Large and X-Large. No other sizes are offered in the current product lineup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat reinforcement do the fingertips have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Trail Gloves use double-stitched padding combined with dual-layer fingertip reinforcement. This construction adds durability at the fingertips, which take the most wear during recovery rigging, shackling, and handling abrasive straps or hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Body Armor 4x4","offers":[{"title":"Large","offer_id":50544618143814,"sku":"3216","price":32.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"X-Large","offer_id":50544618176582,"sku":"3217","price":32.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/3126-1-sq.jpg?v=1790895625"},{"product_id":"tuff-stuff-overland-xtreme-weather-cover-for-softshell-roof-top-tents","title":"Tuff Stuff Overland Xtreme Weather Cover for Softshell Roof Top Tents","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe Tuff Stuff Overland Xtreme Weather Cover is an aluminized, ripstop-polyester shell that slips over a compatible Tuff Stuff softshell roof top tent to reflect extreme cold and heat, add a waterproof barrier rated to 2000mm, and retain body heat inside the tent. Four size variants cover the Trailhead, Delta, Ranger, Ranger-65, and Elite tent models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThermal Reflection Where a Standard Rainfly Falls Short\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA standard rainfly sheds rain but does little against temperature extremes. The Xtreme Weather Cover's aluminized coating reflects radiant heat away in summer and bounces cold air back in winter, so the warmth your sleeping bag and body generate stays inside the tent rather than bleeding through the shell. For shoulder-season or high-altitude camps where overnight lows drop sharply, that retained warmth can meaningfully extend the usable temperature range of your existing sleep system without adding a heavier bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSecure Fit Without Extra Hardware\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cover fastens using the tent's existing window bungees and heavy-duty elastic corner bands, so no drilling, no new attachment points, and no tools are required. Taped seams and a 2000mm waterproof rating mean the cover handles sustained rain, not just a passing shower. A rear-window zip panel opens for ventilation without removing the cover, useful when temperatures moderate overnight and airflow matters more than insulation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eReplaces the Rainfly When You Need It To\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Xtreme Weather Cover can be left on while the tent is closed and folded for driving, and it can serve as a permanent rainfly replacement if preferred. One storage note: running both the original rainfly and the weather cover simultaneously will affect how the driving cover closes, and removing some bedding before folding may be necessary to avoid stressing the driving-cover zippers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAluminized coating:\u003c\/strong\u003e reflects extreme cold and heat to help retain interior warmth\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e150T Ripstop Polyester Oxford:\u003c\/strong\u003e durable, tear-resistant shell fabric\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2000mm waterproof rating:\u003c\/strong\u003e withstands sustained rainfall before water penetration begins\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUV resistant and flame retardant:\u003c\/strong\u003e rated for extended outdoor exposure\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTaped seams:\u003c\/strong\u003e seals stitch lines against water intrusion\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYKK zippers on door openings:\u003c\/strong\u003e rear-window zip allows ventilation without removing the cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e150T Ripstop Polyester Oxford, aluminized coated\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWaterproof Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e2000mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eUV Resistance\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFlame Retardant\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSeam Construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eTaped seams\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eZipper Brand\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eYKK (door openings)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eAttachment Method\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eHeavy-duty elastic corner bands and existing window bungees\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eColor\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSilver\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCompatible Tent Models\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eTuff Stuff Overland Trailhead, Delta, Ranger, Ranger-65, Elite (softshell RTTs)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eAvailable Sizes\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eTrailhead \u0026amp; Delta · Ranger · Ranger-65 · Elite\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWeight (per variant)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e4 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThe Xtreme Weather Cover suits overlanders and car campers who own a Tuff Stuff Overland softshell roof top tent (Trailhead, Delta, Ranger, Ranger-65, or Elite) and camp in conditions where temperature extremes, heavy rain, or UV exposure push a standard rainfly to its limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThe cover is designed specifically for Tuff Stuff Overland softshell RTT models and is not stated to fit hardshell roof top tents or tents from other brands. Running both the original rainfly and this cover simultaneously may require removing bedding before folding to avoid damaging the driving-cover zippers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDoes the Xtreme Weather Cover replace the original rainfly, or do both need to be used together?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Tuff Stuff Overland Xtreme Weather Cover can replace the original rainfly permanently if preferred. Using both simultaneously is possible but will affect how the driving cover closes, and some bedding may need to be removed before folding to avoid stressing the driving-cover zippers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat hardware or tools are needed to install the cover?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eNo tools or additional hardware are required. The Xtreme Weather Cover fastens using the tent's existing window bungees and heavy-duty elastic corner bands that are built into the cover, so installation is a matter of slipping it over the tent and securing the corners and bungee attachment points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eCan the tent be folded and driven with the cover installed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eYes. The Xtreme Weather Cover can remain on the tent while it is fully closed and stored for driving. If the original rainfly is also left on, some bedding may need to be removed before folding to prevent damage to the driving-cover zippers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eHow do I get ventilation with the cover on?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Xtreme Weather Cover includes a zip panel at the rear window (the window near the head of the sleeping area) that opens for ventilation without requiring the entire cover to be removed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhich size should I order for my tent?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Xtreme Weather Cover is available in four sizes matched to specific Tuff Stuff Overland softshell tent models: Trailhead \u0026amp; Delta (one size covers both), Ranger, Ranger-65, and Elite. Select the size that matches your tent model at checkout.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Tuff Stuff Overland","offers":[{"title":"Trailhead \u0026 Delta","offer_id":50544618602566,"sku":"TS-RTT-EWC-TH-DLT","price":253.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ranger","offer_id":50544618635334,"sku":"TS-RTT-EWC-RAN","price":287.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ranger-65","offer_id":50544618668102,"sku":"TS-RTT-EWC-RAN-65","price":299.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Elite","offer_id":50544618700870,"sku":"TS-RTT-EWC-ELT","price":322.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/tuff-stuff-overland-roof-top-tent-xtreme-weather-covers-8838.jpg?v=1790895727"},{"product_id":"body-armor-4x4-universal-molle-bag-kit","title":"Body Armor 4x4 Universal MOLLE Bag Kit","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe Body Armor 4x4 Universal MOLLE Bag Kit is a five-piece modular storage set built from 600D fabric with a moisture-resistant liner, designed to attach to most MOLLE and PAL systems. The kit includes bags in multiple sizes to handle both daily carry and trail necessities, and it works beyond vehicle applications wherever a compatible MOLLE panel is present.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOrganized Storage Across Multiple Sizes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHaving five bags in varying sizes means a single kit can separate items by type or priority rather than piling everything into one pouch. Small items like first-aid supplies or fire-starting tools stay accessible in a dedicated bag, while larger pouches handle bulkier trail gear. That separation matters when you need something quickly on the trail and cannot afford to dig through a single overstuffed bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt to Handle Moisture\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 600D fabric construction paired with a moisture-resistant liner keeps contents protected from splashing water, condensation, and light rain exposure common on overland trails. A bag that holds up to moisture is one less thing to worry about when conditions change unexpectedly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBroad Compatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is designed to work with most MOLLE and PAL systems, which means it is not limited to a single vehicle or panel brand. The same bags can move between a truck seat back, a cargo panel, a pack, or any other compatible surface without modification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFive-piece kit:\u003c\/strong\u003e multiple bag sizes for day-to-day and trail storage needs\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e600D fabric construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e durable material suited to regular trail use\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMoisture-resistant liner:\u003c\/strong\u003e interior protection against water exposure\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMOLLE\/PAL compatible:\u003c\/strong\u003e attaches to most standard MOLLE and PAL systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal application:\u003c\/strong\u003e usable on vehicle panels, packs, and other compatible surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1-year limited warranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e covered against defects for one year from purchase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eBody Armor 4x4\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e90001\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003ePieces included\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e5 bags, various sizes\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFabric\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e600D with moisture-resistant liner\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMounting system\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMOLLE \/ PAL compatible\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1-year limited\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThis kit suits overlanders, off-road drivers, and campers who want modular, organized storage on any MOLLE or PAL-compatible surface (a vehicle seat back, cargo panel, or pack, for example). The range of bag sizes makes it practical for mixed loads of trail gear and everyday carry items.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThis kit does not include a MOLLE panel. A compatible panel or surface must already be present. Individual bag dimensions and exact piece count per size are not specified in available product data; buyers who need exact measurements before purchasing should contact TerrainVault before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eHow many bags are in the kit and what sizes are included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Body Armor 4x4 Universal MOLLE Bag Kit includes five bags in various sizes. Individual bag dimensions are not published in the available product data; buyers who need exact measurements for a specific panel layout should contact TerrainVault before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDoes this kit include a MOLLE panel to mount the bags on?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eNo. The Universal MOLLE Bag Kit includes only the five bags. A compatible MOLLE or PAL panel must already be installed in the vehicle or on the gear the bags will attach to. Body Armor 4x4 sells MOLLE panels separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWill these bags work on non-Body Armor 4x4 panels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Universal MOLLE Bag Kit is designed to work with most standard MOLLE and PAL systems, not exclusively Body Armor 4x4 panels. Compatibility extends to packs, seat backs, cargo nets, and other surfaces that use the MOLLE\/PAL webbing standard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eAre the bags waterproof or just moisture resistant?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe bags are constructed with a moisture-resistant liner, not a fully waterproof rating. The liner provides protection against splashing and light water exposure. Submersion or sustained heavy rain may allow water intrusion.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Body Armor 4x4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50545153900614,"sku":"90001","price":120.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/BA4X4_BAGS_all-sq.jpg?v=1790896777"},{"product_id":"uco-collapsible-camp-cup","title":"UCO Collapsible Camp Cup","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe UCO Collapsible Camp Cup is a 12 oz polypropylene drinking cup that collapses to 1.25 inches tall (a 50% height reduction) so it fits inside a mess kit, pack pocket, or glove box without sacrificing a full cup's worth of capacity. Weighing 1.7 oz, it holds hot or cold liquids and carries EN approval, FDA food-safe certification, and BPA- and phthalate-free materials. Available as a single cup in Blue, Sunrise, or Venture, or as a two-cup set in Sunrise\/Venture or Blue\/Venture color combinations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHalf the Height, Full Capacity\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe UCO Collapsible Camp Cup's flexible base collapses inside its rigid upper, reducing overall height by 50% to just 1.25 inches. A full 12 oz fits inside: enough for a standard mug of coffee, a bowl of oatmeal, or a cold drink, in a packed form roughly the footprint of a hockey puck. For backpackers counting every cubic inch or overlanders organizing a gear bin, that ratio of capacity to packed size is genuinely useful rather than marginal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eReady to Clip, Easy to Clean\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe UCO Collapsible Camp Cup's ergonomic handle includes an integrated attachment point sized for common carabiners, so the cup can ride on a pack strap, gear bin loop, or belt without needing a stuff sack or separate pouch. The polypropylene construction is dishwasher safe and microwave safe, and the cup is rated safe for boiling liquids, so cleanup at camp or at home takes no special handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt-In Measurements, No Guessing\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVolume gradients marked in both ounces and milliliters are molded into the UCO Collapsible Camp Cup's interior, letting you measure a precise pour of water for a freeze-dried meal or a drink mix without carrying a separate measuring cup. The markings are part of the cup itself, not a label that wears off.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e12 oz \/ 350 ml capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e holds hot or cold liquids including boiling water\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCollapses to 1.25 inches:\u003c\/strong\u003e flexible base folds inside rigid upper, reducing height by 50%\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.7 oz weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e polypropylene construction keeps pack weight minimal\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCarabiner-ready handle:\u003c\/strong\u003e integrated attachment point fits common carabiner sizes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-in volume gradients:\u003c\/strong\u003e ounce and mL markings molded into the interior\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBPA-free, phthalate-free, FDA food safe, EN approved:\u003c\/strong\u003e dishwasher safe and microwave safe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003ePolypropylene\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e12 fl oz (350 ml)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCollapsed Height\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1.25 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eHeight Reduction\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e50%\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1.7 oz\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCertifications\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFDA Food Safe, BPA-Free, Phthalate-Free, EN Approved\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCare\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eDishwasher safe, microwave safe, safe for boiling liquids\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eColors (single)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eBlue, Sunrise, Venture\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eColors (two-pack)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSunrise + Venture, Blue + Venture\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThe UCO Collapsible Camp Cup suits backpackers, car campers, overlanders, and day hikers who want a full-size drinking cup that packs nearly flat. The carabiner attachment and boiling-liquid rating make it practical for trail use where space and weight both matter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThe UCO Collapsible Camp Cup holds 12 oz; buyers needing a larger capacity mug should verify this volume meets their needs before purchasing. The cup does not include a lid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eCan the UCO Collapsible Camp Cup hold boiling water?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe UCO Collapsible Camp Cup is rated safe for boiling liquids. The polypropylene construction and EN approval cover direct use with boiling water, so it works for rehydrating meals, making instant coffee, or any other hot-liquid use at camp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eHow small does the cup pack down?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe UCO Collapsible Camp Cup collapses to 1.25 inches tall by folding its flexible base inside the rigid upper, a 50% reduction from its open height. At 1.7 oz, it fits inside a mess kit, a pack's hip-belt pocket, or a glove box without taking meaningful space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eIs the UCO Collapsible Camp Cup dishwasher safe?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe UCO Collapsible Camp Cup is dishwasher safe and microwave safe. It is made from BPA-free, phthalate-free polypropylene and carries FDA food-safe and EN certifications, so no special cleaning method is required at home or at camp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat does the carabiner attachment point fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe UCO Collapsible Camp Cup's handle includes an integrated attachment point compatible with common carabiner sizes. It is designed to clip to a pack strap, gear bin loop, or belt loop so the cup stays accessible without needing a separate pouch or stuff sack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat is the difference between the single and two-cup options?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe UCO Collapsible Camp Cup is available as a single cup in Blue, Sunrise, or Venture, or as a two-cup set in either Sunrise and Venture or Blue and Venture. The cups in each set are identical in size and specs; the two-pack simply provides a second cup in a complementary color.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"UCO","offers":[{"title":"1 Cup \/ Blue","offer_id":50545481351238,"sku":"F-C-1PK-BLUE","price":9.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 Cup \/ Sunrise","offer_id":50545481384006,"sku":"F-C-1PK-SUNRISE","price":9.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 Cup \/ Venture","offer_id":50545481416774,"sku":"F-C-1PK-VENTURE","price":9.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2 Cups \/ Sunrise and Venture","offer_id":50545481449542,"sku":"F-C-2PK-SUN-VENT","price":18.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2 Cups \/ Blue and Venture","offer_id":50545481482310,"sku":"F-C-2PK-BLUE-VENT","price":18.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/UCO_collapsible_camp_cup_for_camping_gear_must-haves_and_bac.jpg?v=1790897531"},{"product_id":"tuff-stuff-overland-mounted-shower-tent-enclosure-42x42","title":"Tuff Stuff Overland Mounted Shower Tent Enclosure 42x42","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe Tuff Stuff Overland Mounted Shower Tent Enclosure is a vehicle-mounted privacy enclosure for outdoor showering, measuring 42 x 42 x 76 inches and weighing 15 lbs. It mounts to a rack or vehicle via two included heavy-duty L brackets and an aluminum backing plate, deploys in under one minute, and packs away behind a 1000D waterproof PVC driving cover for travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWind Block and Light Intrusion Where It Counts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe shower enclosure walls are constructed from 420D Polyester Oxford Rip-Stop fabric with an aluminized internal fabric coating. That coating does two jobs: it adds a layer of waterproofing on the inside face of the wall, and it blocks light intrusion so the enclosure stays private even in bright midday sun. For overlanders who shower at trailheads or campsites rather than in the dark, that light-blocking layer is the difference between real privacy and a silhouette show.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSub-Minute Deployment, Hands-Free Showering\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFour buckle straps hold the folded tent and arms in place during travel. Unbuckling them, unrolling the fabric away from the vehicle, extending the arms to 90 degrees, and locking them takes under one minute by design. Tension bars along the bottom hold the fabric taut without guy lines. Two Velcro straps inside the enclosure secure a shower head at a fixed height, freeing both hands once the water is running.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAdjustable Fit and Secure Ground Anchoring\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdjustable straps around the upper half of the shower fabric accommodate different vehicle heights, so the enclosure seals against the side of the vehicle regardless of whether it is mounted on a low truck bed rack or a taller roof platform. Four heavy-duty ground stakes clip through loops at the base of the fabric and pin the enclosure to the ground in wind. Internal storage pockets keep soap, shampoo, and a towel within reach while the enclosure is in use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e420D Rip-Stop fabric with aluminized coating:\u003c\/strong\u003e wind resistance, waterproofing, and light blocking in one wall construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSub-minute deployment:\u003c\/strong\u003e four buckle straps release and the arms lock at 90 degrees in under one minute\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHands-free shower head mounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e two interior Velcro straps hold a shower head at a fixed position\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable height straps:\u003c\/strong\u003e upper-half straps accommodate varying vehicle and rack heights\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1000D waterproof PVC driving cover:\u003c\/strong\u003e protects the folded enclosure during travel; cover is permanently attached to the bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInternal storage pockets:\u003c\/strong\u003e keep shower supplies accessible while the enclosure is in use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e42 x 42 x 76 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e15 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWall Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e420D Polyester Oxford Rip-Stop with aluminized internal fabric coating\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eDriving Cover Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1000D Waterproof PVC\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMounting Hardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e2 heavy-duty L brackets with various mounting holes, aluminum backing plate, stainless steel hardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eIncluded Accessories\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e4 heavy-duty ground stakes, storage bag for stakes and hardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThe Tuff Stuff Overland Mounted Shower Tent is suited for overlanders and car campers who want a vehicle-mounted, quick-deploy privacy enclosure for outdoor showering. The L bracket mounting system works with racks and mounting points that accept the included hardware, and the adjustable height straps accommodate a range of vehicle and rack heights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThe shower enclosure does not include a water source, pump, or shower head; those must be sourced separately. The driving cover is permanently attached to the bracket and cannot be removed. The enclosure must be fully dry before being zipped into the driving cover for storage, as trapping moisture can cause mildew.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat does the Tuff Stuff Mounted Shower Tent mount to?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe shower tent mounts via two included heavy-duty L brackets and an aluminum backing plate that attach to designated mounting points on a rack or vehicle. The L brackets include various mounting holes to accommodate different rack configurations. No specific compatible rack brands or universal mounting standard are stated, so confirming your rack's hole pattern against the bracket dimensions before purchase is advisable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDoes the shower tent include a shower head or water supply?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eNo. The Tuff Stuff Mounted Shower Tent Enclosure does not include a shower head, pump, or water source. Two interior Velcro straps are provided to hold a shower head in a hands-free position once you supply one, but the water delivery system must be purchased separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eHow long does it take to set up and pack away?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe shower tent is designed to deploy and pack away in under one minute. Setup involves unbuckling four straps, unrolling the fabric away from the vehicle, folding the arms out to 90 degrees, locking them, and staking the base to the ground. Packing reverses the process; rolling from the bottom up makes it easier to fit the fabric back into the driving cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eIs the enclosure waterproof?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe shower tent walls use 420D Polyester Oxford Rip-Stop fabric with an aluminized internal coating that adds waterproofing and weather resistance. The driving cover that protects the folded enclosure during travel is made from 1000D waterproof PVC. No waterproof rating in millimeters or specific IP rating is stated for the wall fabric.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eHow should the shower tent be stored after use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe shower tent must be completely dry before being zipped into the driving cover for storage, as trapping moisture can cause mildew or mold. After use, open the enclosure fully, brush or vacuum dirt from the fabric, clean with mild detergent and warm water if needed, rinse thoroughly, and allow it to dry in the sun before closing. Zipper longevity is maintained with beeswax, soap, or silicone spray.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Tuff Stuff Overland","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50545529716806,"sku":"TS-SHOWER-TENT","price":317.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/tuff-stuff-mounted-shower-tent-enclosure-shower-tent-tuff-st-sq.jpg?v=1790900259"},{"product_id":"tuff-stuff-overland-holiday-stocking","title":"Tuff Stuff Overland Holiday Stocking","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe Tuff Stuff Overland Holiday Stocking is a seasonal gift accessory styled after a traditional hanging fireplace stocking, designed to hold small items. It is sold by Tuff Stuff Overland and sized for compact gifts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Functional Take on a Classic\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tuff Stuff Overland Holiday Stocking goes beyond decoration by functioning as an actual carrier for small items. Rather than a purely ornamental piece, it is shaped and sized to hold compact gifts, making it a practical choice for anyone who wants a themed way to present small gear or accessories during the holiday season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThis stocking suits overlanding and outdoor enthusiasts who want a themed holiday gift presentation for small items, or anyone looking for a branded Tuff Stuff Overland seasonal gift option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThis stocking is not a gear storage solution for trail use. It is a seasonal novelty item and is not designed to mount to a vehicle, tent, or rack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat is the Tuff Stuff Overland Holiday Stocking made of?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe material of the Tuff Stuff Overland Holiday Stocking is not specified in available product data. Contact TerrainVault before purchasing if material is important to your decision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the stocking?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eDimensions for the Tuff Stuff Overland Holiday Stocking are not provided in available product data. If sizing is a factor for your intended use, reach out to TerrainVault for clarification before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eIs this stocking intended for outdoor or vehicle use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Tuff Stuff Overland Holiday Stocking is a seasonal novelty item styled after a traditional fireplace stocking. It is not designed for mounting to a vehicle, roof top tent, or rack, and is not rated for outdoor gear storage on the trail.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Tuff Stuff Overland","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50545603739718,"sku":"TS-HOL-STOCKING","price":30.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/tuff-stuff-holiday-stocking-holiday-stockings-tuff-stuff-ove-sq.jpg?v=1790901509"},{"product_id":"tuff-stuff-overland-vessel-32-oz-insulated-steel-water-bottle","title":"Tuff Stuff Overland Vessel 32 oz Insulated Steel Water Bottle","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe Tuff Stuff Overland Vessel is a 32-ounce double-wall vacuum-insulated stainless steel water bottle built for overlanding, camping, and trail use. A wide-mouth chug-style lid, three-finger handle, sweat-free exterior, and BPA-free silicone bumper make it a practical daily carry from the truck cab to the campsite.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInsulation That Works Both Ways\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDouble-wall vacuum insulation keeps cold drinks cold significantly longer than single-wall bottles, so ice water stays drinkable through a full day of driving or hiking rather than turning lukewarm by mid-morning. The same construction works in reverse for hot beverages, holding heat without scorching the exterior, which makes it useful on cold-weather trips when a warm drink matters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt to Take a Hit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Vessel's exterior carries a double-treated powder coating, which adds abrasion resistance beyond what a single coat provides. That matters when a bottle is rattling around in a truck cab, a gear bag, or a cup holder on a washboard road. The BPA-free silicone bumper at the base absorbs impact when the bottle is set down hard or knocked off a tailgate, protecting both the bottle and whatever surface it lands on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePractical Carry Design\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe wide-mouth opening accommodates ice cubes and makes the bottle straightforward to fill from a spigot, stream filter, or large jug. The three-finger handle gives a secure grip with gloves on and makes it easy to clip or carry without a separate sleeve or carabiner. The leakproof lid means the bottle can go in a pack or gear bag without a dry bag around it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e32 oz stainless steel construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e double-wall vacuum insulated for hot and cold beverages\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLeakproof wide-mouth lid:\u003c\/strong\u003e chug-style opening sized for ice and easy filling\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree-finger handle:\u003c\/strong\u003e extra-large grip for gloved hands or one-handed carry\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDouble-treated powder coating:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2x application for added abrasion resistance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBPA-free silicone bumper:\u003c\/strong\u003e base protection against drops and hard surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSweat-free exterior:\u003c\/strong\u003e no condensation on the outside in warm conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e32 oz\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eStainless steel, double-wall vacuum insulated\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eLid Style\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWide-mouth chug style, leakproof\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eExterior Finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e2x treated powder coating\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eBumper\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eBPA-free silicone\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eTS-8-1100\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThe Vessel suits overlanders, campers, and trail users who want a durable insulated bottle that handles both hot and cold drinks, survives rough transport, and is easy to grip and fill in the field.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThe Vessel is not recommended for use with carbonated beverages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eCan the Vessel be used for hot drinks like coffee or tea?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eYes. The Tuff Stuff Overland Vessel's double-wall vacuum insulation is designed to retain heat for hot beverages as well as keep cold drinks cold. The leakproof lid makes it suitable for hot liquids in a vehicle or pack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eIs the Vessel safe to use with carbonated drinks?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eNo. The Tuff Stuff Overland Vessel is not recommended for use with carbonated beverages. It is intended for still cold or hot drinks only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDoes the exterior sweat or condensate in warm weather?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Vessel's double-wall vacuum construction produces a sweat-free exterior. The outside of the bottle stays dry when filled with cold liquid in warm or humid conditions, so it can sit on a seat or inside a bag without leaving moisture behind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat does the silicone bumper do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe BPA-free silicone bumper wraps the base of the Vessel and absorbs impact when the bottle is set down on hard surfaces or dropped. It also helps prevent the bottle from sliding on smooth surfaces like a truck dashboard or tailgate.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Tuff Stuff Overland","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50545604296774,"sku":"TS-8-1100","price":28.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/tuff-stuff-vessel-water-bottle-water-bottles-tuff-stuff-over.jpg?v=1790901581"},{"product_id":"tuff-stuff-overland-molle-water-bottle-holster","title":"Tuff Stuff Overland MOLLE Water Bottle Holster","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe Tuff Stuff Overland Steel Water Bottle Holster is a 1000D nylon carrier that attaches to any MOLLE-compatible pack or panel and accommodates bottles ranging from 16 oz to 84 oz. Three adjustable straps, two D-rings, and a dual-locking shock cord keep the bottle secured during overlanding, hiking, or any activity where a loose bottle is not an option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMOLLE Compatibility Puts the Holster Where You Need It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MOLLE attachment system lets the holster mount directly to any tactical pack, vest, or panel that uses standard MOLLE webbing, with no additional hardware or adapters required. That means the holster moves with your existing gear setup rather than forcing a separate carry solution, which matters when pack real estate is already spoken for on a long trail or multi-day overland trip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eThree Straps Handle Nearly Any Bottle You Already Own\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe three adjustable straps span a 16 oz to 84 oz range, covering the vast majority of water bottles, insulated tumblers, and wide-mouth vessels on the market. A dual-locking shock cord cinches over the top of the bottle as a secondary retention point, so the holster holds its load over rough terrain or when the pack is jostled. Two D-rings add a spot for a carabiner or key clip without requiring a separate attachment point on the pack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003e1000D Nylon Built for Outdoor Conditions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe holster is constructed from 1000D nylon rated as waterproof and wear-resistant. That construction handles rain, mud, and abrasion without the holster softening, stretching, or losing its shape over repeated use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMOLLE attachment:\u003c\/strong\u003e mounts to any MOLLE-compatible pack or panel\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWide size range:\u003c\/strong\u003e three adjustable straps fit bottles from 16 oz to 84 oz\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1000D nylon construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e waterproof and wear-resistant material\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual D-rings:\u003c\/strong\u003e two attachment points for carabiners or key clips\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual-locking shock cord:\u003c\/strong\u003e secondary retention cinches the bottle securely in place\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eTuff Stuff Overland\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eTS-8-1101\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1000D nylon (waterproof, wear-resistant)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eBottle Capacity Range\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e16 oz to 84 oz\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eAdjustable Straps\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e3\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eD-Rings\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eRetention\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eDual-locking shock cord\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMounting System\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMOLLE\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThe Tuff Stuff Overland Water Bottle Holster suits overlanders, hikers, and tactical users who carry a MOLLE-compatible pack or panel and want a secure, adjustable carrier for bottles between 16 oz and 84 oz. The wide strap range makes it practical for anyone who switches between bottle sizes or shares gear across a group.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThe holster requires a MOLLE-compatible mounting surface and does not include a standalone belt loop, shoulder strap, or vehicle-mount bracket. A water bottle is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat mounting system does this holster use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Tuff Stuff Overland Water Bottle Holster uses a MOLLE attachment system, which threads directly onto the webbing of any MOLLE-compatible pack, vest, or panel. No additional hardware or adapters are needed beyond a MOLLE-equipped surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat bottle sizes will fit in this holster?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThree adjustable straps allow the holster to accommodate bottles ranging from 16 oz to 84 oz, covering most standard water bottles, wide-mouth bottles, and large insulated tumblers. A dual-locking shock cord provides additional retention once the bottle is seated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat are the D-rings used for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe two D-rings on the Tuff Stuff Overland Water Bottle Holster provide attachment points for a carabiner, key clip, or similar accessory. They are separate from the MOLLE mounting system and do not affect how the holster attaches to a pack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eIs the holster waterproof?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe holster is constructed from 1000D nylon described as waterproof and wear-resistant, making it suitable for use in wet or muddy outdoor conditions. The bottle itself and any contents are not affected by the holster's material rating.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Tuff Stuff Overland","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50545604952134,"sku":"TS-8-1101","price":17.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/tuff-stuff-holster-can-bottle-sleeves-tuff-stuff-overland-98.jpg?v=1790901651"},{"product_id":"tuff-stuff-overland-tuff-air-portable-air-compressor-5-65-cfm-12v","title":"Tuff Stuff Overland Tuff Air Portable Air Compressor, 5.65 CFM 12V","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe Tuff Stuff Overland Tuff Air is a 12V portable air compressor rated at 5.65 CFM air intake and 120 PSI max working pressure, built for trucks, cars, and SUVs. A 40-minute duty cycle at 40 PSI and an operating range from -67°F to 140°F make it a capable trail-side inflation tool. The unit ships as a single configuration with all accessories included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eReady When the Trail Demands It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 40-minute continuous duty cycle at 40 PSI means the Tuff Air can work through a full set of truck tires without a forced cooldown break. For overlanders airing back up after a technical section, that sustained output removes the waiting and the guesswork. The 120 PSI max working pressure covers passenger tires, light truck tires, and most aired-down recovery scenarios.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt to Connect and Store Without Fuss\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 10-foot insulated power cord with heavy-duty alligator clips reaches a battery without requiring the compressor to sit on top of the engine bay. The 26-foot coiled hose extends to all four corners of most trucks and SUVs from a single connection point. Three universal nozzle adapters for inflatables and a storage bag are included, so the kit is self-contained from the first use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDurable Construction for Field Conditions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stealth black powder-coated metal cover resists corrosion and impact in a way bare plastic housings do not. An anti-vibration base reduces noise and movement during operation and limits stress on whatever surface the compressor rests on. The rated operating range of -67°F to 140°F covers cold-weather camping starts and high-desert summer runs without special handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5.65 CFM Air Intake:\u003c\/strong\u003e high flow rate for faster tire inflation on trucks and SUVs\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e40-Min Duty Cycle at 40 PSI:\u003c\/strong\u003e sustained operation through a full set of tires without mandatory rest\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e150 PSI Pressure Gauge:\u003c\/strong\u003e built directly into the coiled hose for real-time readings at the valve stem\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnti-Vibration Base:\u003c\/strong\u003e reduces movement and noise during operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePowder-Coated Metal Cover:\u003c\/strong\u003e stealth black finish over a metal shell for field durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWide Temperature Range:\u003c\/strong\u003e rated from -67°F to 140°F for year-round use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eAir Intake\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e5.65 CFM\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMax Air Flow\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e160 LPM\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e13.8V\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMax Amperage Draw\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e45A\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMax Working Pressure\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e120 PSI\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMax Restart Pressure\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e150 PSI\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eDuty Cycle\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e40 min at 40 PSI\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMax Operating Temp\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e140°F\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMin Operating Temp\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e-67°F\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCylinder Diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e60 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003ePower Cord\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e10 ft insulated with heavy-duty alligator clips\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eHose Length\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e26 ft coiled\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWeight (shipped)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e20 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eStealth black powder coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCompatible Vehicles\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eTrucks, cars, SUVs\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e26 ft coiled hose, 150 PSI pressure gauge, 3 universal nozzle adapters for inflatables, storage bag\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eTS-7-1000\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThe Tuff Air suits truck, car, and SUV owners who need a self-contained 12V inflation kit for trail use, overlanding, or roadside emergencies. The 40-minute duty cycle and 5.65 CFM flow rate make it practical for airing up a full set of light truck tires in a single session.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThe Tuff Air requires a 12V DC power source with alligator clip access to a battery; it does not include a 120V AC adapter or a cigarette-lighter plug. The max working pressure of 120 PSI is suited to passenger and light truck tires and most inflatable applications, not high-pressure industrial or commercial tire service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eHow does the Tuff Air connect to a vehicle's power supply?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Tuff Air connects via a 10-foot insulated power cord that terminates in heavy-duty alligator clips, which attach directly to a 12V vehicle battery. No cigarette-lighter plug or 120V AC adapter is included or required for standard operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat is the duty cycle, and does the compressor need to rest between tires?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Tuff Air is rated for a 40-minute continuous duty cycle at 40 PSI. That is typically sufficient to air up a full set of truck or SUV tires from trail pressure back to street pressure in a single run without a mandatory cooldown period.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhere is the pressure gauge located, and how do I read it while inflating?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe 150 PSI pressure gauge is built directly into the 26-foot coiled hose, so the reading is visible at the hose end near the valve stem rather than on the compressor body. This lets one person monitor pressure without walking back to the unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat accessories are included with the Tuff Air?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Tuff Air ships with a 26-foot coiled hose, a 150 PSI pressure gauge integrated into that hose, three universal nozzle adapters for inflatables, and a storage bag. No additional inflation accessories need to be purchased for basic tire and inflatable use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eCan the Tuff Air be used in cold-weather or high-heat conditions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Tuff Air is rated to operate between -67°F and 140°F, covering cold-weather camping starts and high-desert summer conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Tuff Stuff Overland","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50545609277510,"sku":"TS-7-1000","price":175.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/tuff-air-portable-air-compressor-air-compressor-tuff-stuff-o.jpg?v=1790901864"},{"product_id":"body-armor-4x4-neoprene-front-seat-covers-for-ford-bronco-2021-2024","title":"Body Armor 4x4 Neoprene Front Seat Covers for Ford Bronco 2021-2024","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe Body Armor 4x4 Neoprene Front Seat Covers are purpose-built for 2021–2024 Ford Bronco two-door and four-door models, protecting factory seats from mud, water, and daily wear with a multi-layered neoprene and foam construction. Each cover includes a built-in MOLLE panel backing, a rear zipper pocket, and headrest covers, and the set is designed to fit over the Bronco's OE integrated MOLLE panel without modification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProtection That Holds Up Off-Road\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNeoprene resists water and breathes well enough for extended drives, which matters when wet gear, muddy boots, and sweaty trail days are routine. The multi-layered foam and polyester backing adds cushion without bulk, so the seat feels close to stock while the cover absorbs the punishment the factory upholstery would otherwise take. Adjustable side release buckles keep the fit locked in regardless of terrain, so the cover stays put rather than shifting mid-trail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOrganized Storage Built Into the Cover\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MOLLE panel backing on each cover lets Bronco owners attach compatible pouches and organizers directly to the seat back, extending the same attachment system already present on the Bronco's factory seats to the cover itself. A rear zipper pocket adds a dedicated spot for smaller items that need to stay accessible but out of the way. MOLLE bags are sold separately; the covers provide the attachment surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFits Over Factory MOLLE Without Removal\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne fitment detail worth knowing before ordering: these covers are designed to go over the Bronco's OE integrated MOLLE panel, not around it or in place of it. That means no disassembly of the factory seat back is required, and the factory MOLLE attachment points remain usable underneath. The covers fit both the two-door and four-door Bronco on the same SKU.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNeoprene construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e breathable and water-resistant material suited for wet and muddy conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMulti-layered foam and polyester:\u003c\/strong\u003e padded comfort without significantly altering seat feel\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMOLLE panel backing:\u003c\/strong\u003e compatible attachment surface for MOLLE pouches and organizers (bags sold separately)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear zipper pocket:\u003c\/strong\u003e enclosed storage on the seat back for small items\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable side release buckles:\u003c\/strong\u003e secure, adjustable fit that stays in place\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeadrest covers included:\u003c\/strong\u003e full front seat coverage including headrests\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eBody Armor 4x4\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e91010\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003ePrimary Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eNeoprene with multi-layered foam and polyester\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCoverage\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFront seats and headrests\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e2021–2024 Ford Bronco (2-door and 4-door)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eOE MOLLE Panel Compatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFits over factory integrated MOLLE panel\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1-year limited\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThese seat covers suit 2021–2024 Ford Bronco owners (two-door or four-door) who want to protect factory upholstery from water, mud, and wear while keeping MOLLE storage capability on the seat back. The included headrest covers and adjustable buckles make them a practical choice for daily drivers and trail rigs alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThese covers fit front seats only; rear seat coverage is not included. MOLLE bags and pouches are not included and must be purchased separately. This product is not designed for Bronco Sport models or any non-Bronco vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDo these seat covers fit both the 2-door and 4-door Ford Bronco?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eYes. The Body Armor 4x4 Neoprene Front Seat Covers (SKU 91010) are designed to fit both the two-door and four-door 2021–2024 Ford Bronco on a single SKU. No separate part number is needed for each body style.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWill these covers work over the Bronco's factory MOLLE panel?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eYes. These front seat covers are specifically designed to fit over the Bronco's OE integrated MOLLE panel without requiring removal or modification of the factory seat back. The cover's own MOLLE panel backing remains accessible on top.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eAre MOLLE bags included with the seat covers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eNo. The Body Armor 4x4 front seat covers include the MOLLE panel backing as an attachment surface, but MOLLE bags and pouches are sold separately. The rear zipper pocket on each cover provides enclosed storage without any additional purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat seats and surfaces do these covers protect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe set covers the front driver and passenger seats, including headrest covers for each. Rear seat coverage is not part of this product. The neoprene material protects against water, mud, and general wear on the factory upholstery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eHow do the covers stay in place?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Body Armor 4x4 Neoprene Front Seat Covers use adjustable side release buckles to secure the cover to the seat. The buckles allow for fit adjustment and are designed to hold the cover in position during off-road use.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Body Armor 4x4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50545610915910,"sku":"91010","price":162.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/BA4X4_COVER_1_1-sq.jpg?v=1790901926"},{"product_id":"tuff-stuff-overland-portable-flushable-camping-toilet-with-removable-h","title":"Tuff Stuff Overland Portable Flushable Camping Toilet with Removable Holding Tank","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe Tuff Stuff Overland Portable Camping Toilet is a self-contained, flushable unit built for overlanding, car camping, and any outing without restroom facilities. A piston-pump freshwater flush, rubber-sealed waste tank, and quick-release latch between the two basins give it the core functionality of an RV toilet in an 8 lb package that stores flat and empties into any standard toilet when you return home.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFlush Without a Hookup\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe upper basin holds 2.6 gallons of fresh water fed by a built-in piston pump, so every use gets a real flush rather than a pour. That matters on multi-day trips where odor control is the difference between a comfortable camp and a miserable one. The pump mechanism is self-contained, with no hose connection and no campsite water source required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSealed Waste Handling That Actually Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lower waste tank holds 4.8 gallons and seals with a rubber gasket at the separation point, so waste and odor stay contained during transport. A waste level indicator on the lower basin tells you when it is time to empty before you hit capacity. When camp is over, the quick-release latch separates the two halves, and the sealed waste tank carries to a standard toilet for disposal. No pump-out station required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt to Clean Quickly\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe high-gloss surface resists staining and wipes down fast. The dump spout is detachable and storable so it stays clean between uses. A 4 oz sample of toilet deodorizer is included; any standard portable-toilet deodorizer works as a replacement. The air vent on the waste tank speeds discharge when emptying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePiston-pump freshwater flush:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.6-gallon upper tank, no external water connection needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSealed 4.8-gallon waste tank:\u003c\/strong\u003e rubber gasket prevents leaks and odor during transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuick-release separation latch:\u003c\/strong\u003e splits upper and lower basins for easy emptying\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWaste level indicator:\u003c\/strong\u003e visible on the lower basin so you know capacity before it is an issue\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAir vent:\u003c\/strong\u003e speeds waste discharge when emptying the tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-gloss surface with detachable spout:\u003c\/strong\u003e designed for fast scrubbing and disinfecting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFresh Water Tank Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e2.6 gallons\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWaste Tank Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e4.8 gallons\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e8 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e23.62 x 14 x 16 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eToilet unit, detachable dump spout, 4 oz toilet deodorizer sample\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1 year\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThis toilet suits overlanders, car campers, RV travelers, boaters, and anyone who needs a self-contained sanitation solution away from fixed facilities. At 8 lb and 23.62 x 14 x 16 inches, it fits in a truck bed, cargo area, or boat locker and empties into any standard residential or campground toilet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eA privacy shelter is not included; the toilet is an open unit. Tuff Stuff Overland sells a compatible privacy tent separately. Deodorizer beyond the included 4 oz sample is also sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDoes this toilet require a water hookup to flush?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eNo hookup is needed. The Tuff Stuff Overland Portable Camping Toilet has a built-in piston pump that draws from the 2.6-gallon upper fresh-water tank, so it flushes at a campsite, on a trail, or on a boat without connecting to an external water source.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eHow do you empty the waste tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003ePress the quick-release latch to separate the upper and lower basins, then carry the sealed 4.8-gallon waste tank to any standard toilet and use the detachable dump spout to empty it. The rubber gasket keeps the tank sealed during transport. An air vent on the tank speeds discharge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eHow do you know when the waste tank is getting full?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Tuff Stuff Overland Portable Camping Toilet has a waste level indicator on the lower basin that shows fill level so you can plan to empty before reaching the 4.8-gallon capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat deodorizer does this toilet use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eA 4 oz sample of toilet deodorizer is included. Any standard portable-toilet deodorizer is compatible as a replacement; the toilet is not limited to a proprietary formula.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDoes a privacy shelter come with the toilet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eNo. The Tuff Stuff Overland Portable Camping Toilet ships as the toilet unit only. Tuff Stuff Overland makes a compatible pop-up privacy tent that is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Tuff Stuff Overland","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50545611079750,"sku":"TS-TOILET-5","price":170.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/tuff-stuff-5-gallon-flushable-portable-outdoor-toilet-with-r.gif?v=1790901946"},{"product_id":"body-armor-4x4-ford-bronco-4-door-mesh-top","title":"Body Armor 4x4 Ford Bronco 4-Door Mesh Top","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe Body Armor 4x4 Mesh Top is a no-hardware interior sun and wind barrier designed specifically for 2021–2024 Ford Bronco 4-door models. Constructed from heavy-duty UV- and mildew-resistant mesh, it reduces cabin heat and wind noise while keeping airflow moving through the interior. The mesh top works with both hard and soft top configurations and requires no removal to access the hard top latches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSun and Heat Protection Without Sacrificing Airflow\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRunning a Bronco with the top on in summer heat turns the cabin into an oven. The Body Armor 4x4 Mesh Top sits between the occupants and the top panels, blocking direct solar radiation and reducing heat buildup while still letting air circulate. Shade without stuffiness: longer drives and trail days stay noticeably more comfortable without requiring any modifications to the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWorks With Your Top, Not Against It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mesh top is compatible with both hard and soft top configurations, so there is no need to swap it out when switching tops. Dedicated access points align with the hard top latches, meaning the mesh stays in place during a top removal or reinstall rather than becoming an obstacle. No additional hardware is needed for installation, and the design is straightforward enough that most owners can fit it without tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt to Last in UV-Heavy Environments\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOverlanding and trail use mean extended exposure to direct sun, moisture, and temperature swings. The mesh material is rated UV- and mildew-resistant, which matters for a component that lives inside the top and sees full sun on open-top days. Body Armor 4x4 backs the mesh top with a 1-year limited warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUV and mildew resistant mesh:\u003c\/strong\u003e heavy-duty material rated for prolonged sun and moisture exposure\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual-top compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e fits over both hard top and soft top configurations\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHard top latch access points:\u003c\/strong\u003e built-in openings align with OEM hard top latches\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo-hardware installation:\u003c\/strong\u003e no additional mounting hardware required\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWind noise reduction:\u003c\/strong\u003e mesh barrier reduces cabin wind noise at speed\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1-year limited warranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e covered by Body Armor 4x4's limited warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eBody Armor 4x4\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e91001\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e2021–2024 Ford Bronco (4-door)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eTop Compatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eHard top and soft top\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eHeavy-duty UV- and mildew-resistant mesh\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eHardware Required\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eNone\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1-year limited\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThis mesh top suits 2021–2024 Ford Bronco owners with 4-door models who want to reduce interior heat and wind noise without removing their hard or soft top. It is a practical upgrade for trail days, overlanding trips, and daily driving in warm climates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThis top does not fit the 2-door Ford Bronco. It is not a replacement for the hard top or soft top panels themselves, and it does not provide weatherproofing or rain protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDoes this mesh top fit the 2-door Ford Bronco?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Body Armor 4x4 Mesh Top (SKU 91001) is designed specifically for the 4-door Ford Bronco built in model years 2021 through 2024. It does not fit the 2-door Bronco variant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eCan I leave the mesh top in place when I remove the hard top panels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eYes. The mesh top includes access points that align with the Ford Bronco's hard top latches, so it does not need to be removed before taking the hard top panels off. It is designed to stay in place during normal top operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDoes the mesh top work with a soft top as well as a hard top?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Body Armor 4x4 Mesh Top is compatible with both hard top and soft top configurations on the 4-door Ford Bronco. No adjustments or separate hardware are needed when switching between top types.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat tools or hardware are needed to install it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eNo additional hardware is required to install the Body Armor 4x4 Mesh Top. The product is designed for straightforward installation without tools, though Body Armor 4x4 provides an instruction sheet for reference.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWill the mesh hold up to extended sun exposure?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe mesh top is constructed from heavy-duty material rated as UV- and mildew-resistant, making it suitable for prolonged exposure to direct sunlight and outdoor conditions. Body Armor 4x4 covers the product with a 1-year limited warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Body Armor 4x4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50545611472966,"sku":"91001","price":106.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/DSC03188-sq.jpg?v=1790902014"},{"product_id":"tuff-stuff-overland-portable-privacy-and-changing-tent","title":"Tuff Stuff Overland Portable Privacy and Changing Tent","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe Tuff Stuff Overland Portable Privacy and Changing Tent is a pop-up shelter designed for use as an outdoor changing room or camp toilet enclosure. It deploys in minutes using a sunshade-style spring mechanism, includes an upper vent for airflow, and stakes down at all four corners to stay put in wind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFast Setup When You Need It Most\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tuff Stuff privacy tent opens the same way a vehicle window sunshade does: unzip the storage cover, let the frame spring open, and the shelter is standing. No poles to thread, no clips to fumble with in the dark. Staking the four corner loops takes another minute, and the tent is ready to use. Breaking it down reverses the same steps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eVentilation Without Sacrificing Privacy\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn upper vent lets air move through the enclosure while keeping the interior shielded from view. At crowded campsites or overlanding stops where shade and airflow are both scarce, the combination of privacy at eye level and circulation above makes the tent usable in warm conditions rather than stifling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eStays Put in Wind\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFour corner loops accept stakes to anchor the tent against gusts. Without that anchoring, a lightweight pop-up shelter can shift or tip at an inconvenient moment. The loops are built into every corner so the tent can be secured on any ground where stakes will set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePop-up deployment:\u003c\/strong\u003e opens like a vehicle window sunshade, no assembly required\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUpper vent:\u003c\/strong\u003e allows airflow through the enclosure while maintaining privacy\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour corner stake loops:\u003c\/strong\u003e anchor the tent against wind at every corner\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStorage cover included:\u003c\/strong\u003e zips closed for compact transport and storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual use:\u003c\/strong\u003e functions as a changing room or outdoor toilet enclosure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eTuff Stuff Overland\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eTS-TOILET-TENT\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e5 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eIncludes\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003ePrivacy tent, storage cover with zipper, four corner stake loops\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThis tent suits car campers, overlanders, and festival-goers who need a quick, portable privacy enclosure for changing clothes or using a portable toilet at a campsite or outdoor event. The pop-up design makes it practical for anyone who wants a shelter that sets up and packs away without tools or a learning curve.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eInterior dimensions are not stated, so buyers who need a confirmed minimum floor size or height clearance should verify before purchasing. Stakes are required to secure the tent in wind but are not confirmed as included, so plan to bring your own ground stakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDoes the privacy tent include stakes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Tuff Stuff privacy tent has four corner loops designed for staking, but stakes are not confirmed as included in the package. The storage cover with zipper is confirmed as included. Plan to bring your own ground stakes to secure the tent at all four corners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eHow long does setup actually take?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Tuff Stuff privacy tent is designed to deploy in a couple of minutes. The process is: unzip the storage cover, let the frame spring open the same way a vehicle window sunshade opens, then stake the four corner loops into the ground. No poles, no clips, and no tools are required at any step.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eCan this tent be used with a portable toilet, or is it only for changing?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Tuff Stuff Portable Privacy Tent is designed for both uses. It functions as an outdoor changing room for switching clothes and as an enclosure for a portable camp toilet. A portable toilet is not included and would need to be purchased separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWill the tent stay upright in wind?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe privacy tent includes four corner loops specifically for staking it to the ground, which is the intended method for securing it against wind. On hard or rocky ground where stakes cannot be set, the tent may be less stable, as no alternative anchoring method is described.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Tuff Stuff Overland","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50545611604038,"sku":"TS-TOILET-TENT","price":80.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/tuff-stuff-portable-outdoor-changing-or-toilet-tent-toilet-t.jpg?v=1790902020"},{"product_id":"uco-eco-collapsible-camp-cup-1","title":"UCO ECO Collapsible Camp Cup","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe UCO ECO Collapsible Camp Cup is a BPA-free, recycled-material camp cup for hikers, backpackers, and car campers who want a reusable drinking vessel that packs flat. The flexible base collapses to reduce overall height by 50%, and both sizes carry a lifetime warranty. Available in Small (12 oz) and Large (18 oz).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt from Recycled Material, Ready for Real Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ECO Collapsible Camp Cup is made from TPE and Recover Recycled™ Polypropylene, a post-consumer recycled plastic that diverts material from landfills without sacrificing function. The cup is BPA-free and safe for boiling liquids, so it handles morning coffee or a hot meal just as well as cold trail water. For campers who want their gear choices to reflect their values, the material choice here is substantive rather than cosmetic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCollapses Flat, Clips to Your Pack\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe flexible base compresses to cut the cup's height in half, dropping the Large from 5.67 inches tall to 2.8 inches and the Small from 3.5 inches to 1.75 inches. That difference matters when you're fitting a cup into a side pocket, a mess kit, or a glove box alongside other gear. The handle includes a built-in carabiner hole so the cup can clip directly to a pack strap or gear loop, with no stuff sack or loose rattling around required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePractical Details That Hold Up at Camp\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Large includes built-in volume measurement markers in both ounces and milliliters, making it useful for cooking as well as drinking. The press-fit lid reduces spills and helps retain heat. Both sizes are microwave-safe and dishwasher-safe, which matters for campers who also use their gear at home or in a van setup between trips.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecycled construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e TPE and Recover Recycled™ Polypropylene body\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCollapsible base:\u003c\/strong\u003e reduces overall height by 50% for compact packing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBPA-free and boiling-liquid safe:\u003c\/strong\u003e suitable for hot and cold beverages\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCarabiner hole in handle:\u003c\/strong\u003e clips to pack straps, gear loops, or belt loops\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePress-fit lid included:\u003c\/strong\u003e reduces spills and retains heat\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMicrowave-safe and dishwasher-safe:\u003c\/strong\u003e easy to clean at home or at camp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSmall\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eLarge\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e12 oz\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e18 oz\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eBody Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eTPE \u0026amp; Recover Recycled™ Polypropylene\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eTPE \u0026amp; Recover Recycled™ Polypropylene\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e2.21 oz (62.6 g)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e4.9 oz (139 g)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eDimensions Expanded\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e3.5 x 3.5 x 3.5 in (8.9 x 8.9 x 8.9 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e5.67 x 4.13 x 4.13 in (14.4 x 10.5 x 10.5 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eDimensions Collapsed\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1.75 x 3.5 x 3.5 in (4.4 x 8.9 x 8.9 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e2.8 x 4.13 x 4.13 in (7.1 x 10.5 x 10.5 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eLifetime\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eLifetime\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eF-C-ECO-OCEANBLUE\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eF-C-L-ECO-OCEANBLUE\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThe UCO ECO Collapsible Camp Cup suits backpackers, car campers, overlanders, and van-lifers who want a lightweight, packable cup that handles hot and cold drinks and cleans up easily. The carabiner hole and collapsible profile make it a natural fit for anyone optimizing pack space or keeping gear clipped and accessible on the trail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThe Small holds 12 oz and the Large holds 18 oz, so neither size is intended for a full-liter water carry. The cup is not insulated and will not retain heat as long as a double-wall vessel. Volume measurement markers are included on the Large only and are not confirmed for the Small.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eIs the UCO ECO Collapsible Camp Cup safe for hot liquids like coffee or boiling water?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe UCO ECO Collapsible Camp Cup is safe for boiling liquids in both the Small and Large sizes. The BPA-free TPE and Recover Recycled™ Polypropylene construction handles hot beverages, and the included press-fit lid helps retain heat and reduce spills when drinking at camp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eHow much does the cup collapse, and will it fit in a standard pack side pocket?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe flexible base reduces the cup's overall height by 50%. The Large collapses from 5.67 inches to 2.8 inches tall; the Small collapses from 3.5 inches to 1.75 inches tall. Both sizes retain their full diameter when collapsed, so check your pocket width against the 4.13-inch (Large) or 3.5-inch (Small) diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDoes the lid come included, or is it sold separately?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe press-fit lid is included with the UCO ECO Collapsible Camp Cup. It presses onto the rim to reduce spills and help keep drinks warmer longer at camp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eCan I attach the UCO ECO Cup to my backpack without a carabiner?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe handle of the UCO ECO Collapsible Camp Cup has a built-in hole sized to accept a carabiner, which is not included. You would need a separate carabiner or clip to attach the cup to a pack strap or gear loop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eIs the cup dishwasher-safe?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe UCO ECO Collapsible Camp Cup is dishwasher-safe and microwave-safe, making cleanup straightforward whether you're at a campsite with a rinse station or back home between trips.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"UCO","offers":[{"title":"Small","offer_id":50545629102150,"sku":"F-C-ECO-OCEANBLUE","price":10.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Large","offer_id":50545629134918,"sku":"F-C-L-ECO-OCEANBLUE","price":15.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/uco_eco_cup_for_sustainable_camping_gifts_and_outdoor_gear_l_5dcccaba-3e35-4c6c-aba3-f5e0b500cb48.jpg?v=1790902999"},{"product_id":"uco-15-hour-candles-for-camping-and-emergency-use","title":"UCO 15-Hour Candles for Camping and Emergency Use","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eUCO 15-Hour Candles are compact paraffin candles sized at 3.5 inches each, designed for use in UCO Candle Lanterns and standard candle holders. Each candle burns 12–15 hours: up to 15 hours inside a UCO lantern, and 9–12 hours in open air depending on wind and temperature. Available in a 3-pack or 9-pack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eLong Burn Time Reduces How Often You Swap Candles\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt 12–15 hours per candle, a single UCO 15-Hour Candle can carry you through an entire night without needing a replacement. For a multi-day camping trip or an extended power outage, that means fewer interruptions and less time fumbling with a new candle in the dark. The 9-pack provides up to 135 hours of total burn time, enough to cover a week of evenings or a serious emergency supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eClean, Steady Flame with Minimal Smoke\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUCO 15-Hour Candles burn with minimal smoke and minimal drip, which matters in an enclosed tent, a candle lantern, or any indoor space where ventilation is limited. A cleaner flame also means less residue inside a lantern globe, reducing maintenance between uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatible with UCO Lanterns and Standard Holders\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese candles are sized and engineered to work with UCO's Original Candle Lantern and Candlelier Candle Lanterns, where the enclosed environment produces the full 15-hour burn. They also fit standard candle holders for open-air use, where burn time runs 9–12 hours. That compatibility makes them a straightforward replacement candle for anyone already running UCO lantern gear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBurn time in UCO lantern:\u003c\/strong\u003e up to 15 hours per candle\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBurn time in open air:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9–12 hours per candle (wind and temperature affect longevity)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.5 inches per candle\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean burn:\u003c\/strong\u003e minimal smoke and minimal drip\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible with:\u003c\/strong\u003e UCO Original Candle Lantern, UCO Candlelier Candle Lanterns, and standard candle holders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003e3-Pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003e9-Pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCandle count\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e3 candles\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e9 candles\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eLength per candle\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e3.5 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e3.5 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eBurn time per candle (in UCO lantern)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eup to 15 hours\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eup to 15 hours\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eBurn time per candle (open air)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e9–12 hours\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e9–12 hours\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eL-CAN3PK\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eL-CAN-9PK\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eUCO 15-Hour Candles suit campers, overlanders, and households building an emergency or storm-season kit who want a long-burning, low-maintenance candle light source. They are the correct replacement candle for UCO Original Candle Lanterns and Candlelier Candle Lanterns, and they work in standard candle holders as well.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eOpen-air burn time of 9–12 hours is reduced further by wind and cold temperatures, so these candles are not suited as a primary light source in exposed, high-wind conditions. Some units ship in older packaging that lists a shorter burn time; the current specification is 12–15 hours per candle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat is the burn time for UCO 15-Hour Candles?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eUCO 15-Hour Candles burn up to 15 hours each when used inside a UCO Candle Lantern, where the enclosed environment maximizes efficiency. In open air, the same candles burn 9–12 hours; wind and cold temperatures can reduce that figure further.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhich UCO lanterns are these candles compatible with?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eUCO 15-Hour Candles are compatible with the UCO Original Candle Lantern and UCO Candlelier Candle Lanterns. They also fit standard candle holders for open-air use, though the lantern environment produces the longer 15-hour burn.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eHow many candles are included, and how much total burn time does each pack provide?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe 3-pack includes 3 candles, providing up to 45 hours of total burn time in a UCO lantern. The 9-pack includes 9 candles, providing up to 135 hours of total burn time in a UCO lantern, enough for extended camping trips or a substantial emergency supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDo UCO 15-Hour Candles produce a lot of smoke or drip?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eUCO 15-Hour Candles are described as producing minimal smoke and minimal drip. That makes them practical for use inside a tent, a candle lantern, or an indoor space where a cleaner burn matters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhy does my packaging show a different burn time?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe burn time specification for these candles has been updated. Some units ship in older packaging that lists a shorter burn time. The current specification is 12–15 hours per candle, with up to 15 hours achievable in a UCO Candle Lantern.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"UCO","offers":[{"title":"3-Pack","offer_id":50545630216262,"sku":"L-CAN3PK","price":6.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"9-Pack","offer_id":50545630249030,"sku":"L-CAN-9PK","price":15.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/UCO_15-hour_candles_3-pack_for_camping_and_emergency_use.jpg?v=1790903212"},{"product_id":"uco-beeswax-candles-for-camping-and-emergency-preparedness","title":"UCO Beeswax Candles for Camping and Emergency Preparedness","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eUCO Beeswax Candles are 100% natural beeswax candles sized for UCO candle lanterns, measuring 3.5 inches each and burning 12–15 hours in open air or up to 18 hours inside a UCO Candle Lantern. Made without paraffin, they produce low smoke and a subtle honey scent, making them a practical light source for camping, off-grid use, and emergency kits. Available in a 5-pack or 10-pack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eLong Burn Time With or Without a Lantern\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach UCO Beeswax Candle burns 12–15 hours in open air and up to 18 hours when used inside a UCO Candle Lantern, where the enclosed environment limits airflow and extends burn time. For a camping trip or a multi-day power outage, that means fewer candles consumed per night and less weight or bulk to carry in a kit. Wind and temperature will affect open-air burn time, so a lantern is the more predictable option when conditions vary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eNo Paraffin, Low Smoke, Safe for Enclosed Spaces\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUCO Beeswax Candles contain no paraffin and are non-toxic, which matters when burning a candle inside a tent, cabin, or room with limited ventilation. Paraffin candles release petroleum-based soot; beeswax burns cleaner and produces significantly less smoke. The natural honey scent is a byproduct of the beeswax itself, not an added fragrance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSized for UCO Candle Lanterns, Usable Elsewhere\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt 3.5 inches, these candles are dimensioned to fit UCO's candle lantern lineup. They also work in other candle lanterns that accept the same diameter, in hurricane holders, and as standalone candles on a heat-safe surface. Their compact size makes them straightforward to pack in a bug-out bag, emergency kit, or camp kitchen box without dedicated storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100% Natural Beeswax:\u003c\/strong\u003e No paraffin, non-toxic, low-smoke burn\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtended Burn Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12–15 hours open air; up to 18 hours in a UCO Candle Lantern\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCandle Lantern Compatible:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.5-inch size fits UCO candle lanterns\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNatural Honey Scent:\u003c\/strong\u003e Subtle aroma from the beeswax itself, no added fragrance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMulti-Pack Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e Available in 5-pack or 10-pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e100% natural beeswax\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCandle Length\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e3.5 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eBurn Time (open air)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e12–15 hours\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eBurn Time (in UCO Candle Lantern)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eUp to 18 hours\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003ePack Options\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e5-pack (SKU: L-CAN-B-5PK) or 10-pack (SKU: L-CAN-B-10PK)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThese candles suit campers, overlanders, and emergency-preparedness households that want a non-toxic, long-burning light source for tents, cabins, candle lanterns, or power-outage kits. They are a direct fit for UCO candle lanterns and work as standalone candles in any heat-safe holder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eNo lantern is included. These are candles only, and the 18-hour burn time applies inside a UCO Candle Lantern purchased separately. Open-air burn time is 12–15 hours and will be reduced by wind or cold temperatures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat is the actual burn time per candle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eEach UCO Beeswax Candle burns 12–15 hours in open air. Inside a UCO Candle Lantern, the controlled airflow environment extends burn time to up to 18 hours per candle. Wind and cold temperatures will reduce open-air burn time below the 12-hour floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eAre these candles safe to burn inside a tent or enclosed space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eUCO Beeswax Candles are non-toxic, contain no paraffin, and produce low smoke, which makes them a cleaner option than paraffin candles for use in tents or rooms with limited ventilation. Standard fire-safety rules still apply: never leave a burning candle unattended, keep it away from flammable materials, and keep it out of reach of children and pets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDo these fit UCO candle lanterns?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eYes. UCO Beeswax Candles measure 3.5 inches and are sized specifically for UCO candle lanterns. They also fit other candle lanterns that accept the same candle diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eIs a lantern included with the candles?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eNo lantern is included. UCO Beeswax Candles are sold as candles only, in a 5-pack or 10-pack. A UCO Candle Lantern must be purchased separately if one is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDo the candles have a scent?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eUCO Beeswax Candles carry a subtle natural honey scent that comes from the beeswax itself. No fragrance oils or synthetic scents are added.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"UCO","offers":[{"title":"5-Pack","offer_id":50545634312262,"sku":"L-CAN-B-5PK","price":29.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10-Pack","offer_id":50545634345030,"sku":"L-CAN-B-10PK","price":45.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/UCO_beeswax_candles_5-pack_for_lanterns_and_blackouts-UCO_Ge.png?v=1790903560"},{"product_id":"uco-eco-everyday-fork","title":"UCO Eco Everyday Fork","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe UCO Eco Everyday Fork is a full-size camp and everyday fork made from 100% Recover Recycled™ Polypropylene (post-consumer and post-industrial recycled plastic), weighing 0.49 oz and measuring 7.8 inches long. It is dishwasher safe and recyclable at end of life. Available in Ocean Blue and Midnight Grey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eClosing the Loop on Single-Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Eco Everyday Fork is built from 100% Recover Recycled™ Polypropylene, drawing on both post-consumer and post-industrial recycled plastic rather than virgin material. For a buyer who wants functional gear that doesn't add to the demand for new plastic, that sourcing is the point, not a marketing footnote. The fork is also recyclable at the end of its own life, so the material stays in circulation rather than going to landfill.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFull-Size and Dishwasher Safe\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt 7.8 inches long with an ergonomic handle, the Eco Everyday Fork is a genuine full-size utensil, not a compact or folding camp fork that requires a different grip. The Recover Recycled™ Polypropylene construction is rated dishwasher safe, which matters at camp when hot water is limited and a quick rinse in a camp sink or at home is the realistic cleaning method. UCO backs it with a lifetime warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThe UCO Eco Everyday Fork suits car campers, overlanders, and everyday users who want a durable, full-size fork made from recycled materials and easy to clean in a dishwasher. The lifetime warranty makes it a practical long-term replacement for disposable plastic cutlery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThis fork is a single utensil and does not include a spoon, knife, or any other cutlery. It is not a folding or nesting design, so it requires standard utensil storage space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eRecover Recycled™ Polypropylene (100% post-consumer and post-industrial recycled plastic)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e0.49 oz (13.9 g)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e7.8 x 1 x 0.7 in (19.8 x 2.5 x 1.8 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eDishwasher Safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eRecyclable\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eLifetime\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eColors\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eOcean Blue, Midnight Grey\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecycled material:\u003c\/strong\u003e made from 100% Recover Recycled™ Polypropylene, sourced from post-consumer and post-industrial recycled plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull-size design:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7.8 inches long with a robust ergonomic handle\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDishwasher safe:\u003c\/strong\u003e easy to clean at home or at camp\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnd-of-life recyclable:\u003c\/strong\u003e can be recycled when the fork reaches the end of its usable life\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLifetime warranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e covered for the life of the product\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat is Recover Recycled™ Polypropylene?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eRecover Recycled™ Polypropylene is a recycled plastic material sourced from post-consumer and post-industrial waste rather than virgin plastic. The UCO Eco Everyday Fork is made entirely from this material, meaning no new plastic was produced to manufacture it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eIs the fork dishwasher safe?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eYes. The UCO Eco Everyday Fork is dishwasher safe, making cleanup straightforward whether you're at home or at a camp facility with a sink and running water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eCan the fork be recycled when it wears out?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eYes. The UCO Eco Everyday Fork is designed to be recyclable at the end of its life, so the Recover Recycled™ Polypropylene material can re-enter the recycling stream rather than going to landfill.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDoes the fork come with other utensils?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eNo. The UCO Eco Everyday Fork is sold as a single utensil. It does not include a spoon, knife, or carrying case. UCO offers other utensils separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat warranty does the fork carry?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe UCO Eco Everyday Fork is covered by a lifetime warranty. TerrainVault's own return and support policies apply to purchases made through this store.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"UCO","offers":[{"title":"Ocean Blue","offer_id":50545636737094,"sku":"F-SP-F-ECO-BULK-OCEANBLUE","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Midnight Grey","offer_id":50545636769862,"sku":"F-SP-F-ECO-BULK-MIDNIGHT","price":1.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/UCO_EverydayUtensil_Fork_Blue.jpg?v=1790903699"},{"product_id":"body-armor-4x4-backbone-hitch-skid","title":"Body Armor 4x4 Backbone Hitch Skid","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe Body Armor 4x4 Backbone Hitch Skid is a 4-in-1 hitch-mounted tool that protects your receiver, trailer wiring, and rear bumper while adding a non-slip step, a recovery point, and a wheel chock. All four functions are built into one unit that slides into a standard 2-inch receiver with no tools required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFour Functions, One Receiver Slot\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost hitch accessories do one job. The Backbone Hitch Skid does four: it shields the receiver tube and trailer wiring harness from trail debris and rock strikes, doubles as a non-slip step for reaching a roof rack or truck bed, provides a dedicated recovery point when you need to get unstuck, and functions as a wheel chock to keep the vehicle from rolling on uneven ground. Carrying four separate pieces of gear to cover those jobs adds weight and takes up storage space; consolidating them into a single hitch-mounted unit means one less thing to forget and one less thing to lose on a long trip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSkid-Plate Protection Where It Counts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rear hitch area is one of the more vulnerable spots on a trail-built vehicle. Exposed wiring connectors and an unguarded receiver opening can take damage from rocks, stumps, or backing into obstacles. The Backbone Hitch Skid wraps that exposure in a protective skid that absorbs the hit instead of your bumper or harness, reducing the chance of a trail-ending electrical failure or bent receiver.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eNo-Tool Installation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Backbone Hitch Skid slides directly into any standard 2-inch receiver and requires no tools to install or remove. A black e-coat finish resists corrosion for use in wet, muddy, and off-road conditions. At 16.99 lb, it adds meaningful mass without requiring any modification to the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4-in-1 design:\u003c\/strong\u003e hitch and wiring protection, non-slip step, recovery point, and wheel chock in one unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits 2-inch receivers:\u003c\/strong\u003e slides into any standard 2-inch hitch receiver\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTool-free installation:\u003c\/strong\u003e no tools required to mount or remove\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack e-coat finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e corrosion-resistant coating for trail and outdoor use\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon-slip step surface:\u003c\/strong\u003e secure footing when stepping up to bed or roof\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eBody Armor 4x4\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e5136\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eReceiver Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e2-inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eBlack e-coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e16.99 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eInstallation\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eTool-free\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThe Backbone Hitch Skid suits overlanders, off-road drivers, and truck or SUV owners who want to protect their hitch receiver and trailer wiring from trail damage while gaining a step, a recovery point, and a wheel chock without adding multiple separate accessories. It is a practical fit for any vehicle with a standard 2-inch receiver hitch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThe Backbone Hitch Skid does not fit 1.25-inch receiver hitches. It occupies the receiver while mounted, so it cannot be used simultaneously with a trailer ball mount, bike rack, or other hitch-mounted accessory.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat receiver size does the Backbone Hitch Skid fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Body Armor 4x4 Backbone Hitch Skid fits standard 2-inch receiver hitches. It does not fit 1.25-inch receivers. The unit slides directly into the receiver tube for installation or removal, with no tools required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eCan I tow a trailer with the Backbone Hitch Skid installed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eNo. The Backbone Hitch Skid occupies the full 2-inch receiver opening while mounted. To tow a trailer, the Hitch Skid must be removed and a ball mount installed in its place. It is designed for use when the receiver is otherwise unoccupied.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDoes the Backbone Hitch Skid include a hitch pin?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eWhether a hitch pin is included is not confirmed in the available product data. Confirm included hardware at checkout or contact TerrainVault before ordering if a pin is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eHow does the recovery point function work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Body Armor 4x4 Backbone Hitch Skid incorporates a built-in recovery point for use when the vehicle needs to be extracted. Load ratings and compatible recovery hardware are not stated in the available product data. Confirm recovery-use specifications with Body Armor 4x4 before relying on this feature in the field.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWill the e-coat finish hold up to mud and water exposure?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Backbone Hitch Skid uses a black e-coat (electrocoat) finish, which is applied as a corrosion-resistant primer-level coating commonly used on off-road and automotive hardware. E-coat provides meaningful rust resistance for trail and outdoor use, though no specific corrosion warranty is stated in the available product data.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Body Armor 4x4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50545639981126,"sku":"5136","price":120.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/5136-1_1008x567_42e5cf00-c775-4347-9095-b296330a07f5-sq.jpg?v=1790903943"},{"product_id":"pedco-ultrapod-3-compact-tripod-with-phone-mount","title":"Pedco UltraPod 3 Compact Tripod with Phone Mount","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe Pedco UltraPod 3 is an ultralight, multi-use tripod rated for up to 10 lbs, designed to hold cell phones, POV sports cameras, camcorders, binoculars, spotting scopes, compact DSLRs with shorter lenses, and any device with a standard 1\/4 inch-20 female thread. A spring-loaded phone mount and a removable hook-and-loop cinch strap are included in the box, making the UltraPod 3 ready to use on a flat surface or lashed to a post, tree limb, or railing without additional accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003e10-Pound Capacity in a 4.7-Ounce Package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe UltraPod 3's ball head assembly uses upgraded materials that push its safe load rating to 10 lbs, a meaningful ceiling for a tripod that weighs less than five ounces and folds to 7.25 inches. That capacity covers not just phones but binoculars and spotting scopes, which matter on a trail or at a campsite where glassing terrain is part of the day. The tripod does not require a separate head or adapter; the ball-and-socket mount is built in and adjusts to any angle without removing the device from the mount.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTwo Ways to Set Up, One Strap Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFold-out legs with non-slip rubber feet let the UltraPod 3 stand on any reasonably flat surface: a tailgate, a rock, a picnic table. When a flat surface isn't available, the included 13-inch hook-and-loop cinch strap wraps around a post, railing, or tree limb and holds the tripod in place. The strap is removable, so it doesn't add bulk when it isn't needed. Both setups use the same ball head, so repositioning the camera or phone takes seconds without tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eUniversal Phone Mount Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe included spring-loaded phone mount fits phones up to 3.5 inches wide and offers two mounting positions. It attaches to the tripod's standard 1\/4 inch-20 thread, the same thread used by the rest of the UltraPod 3's compatible devices, so it can be swapped out for a camera or scope without a separate adapter. The mount is sized to fit large phones including the iPhone 8 Plus.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10 lb safe load rating:\u003c\/strong\u003e upgraded ball head materials support cameras, scopes, and binoculars\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded phone mount:\u003c\/strong\u003e spring-loaded, universal fit up to 3.5 inch phone width, two mounting positions\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBall-and-socket head:\u003c\/strong\u003e 360-degree pan, plus or minus 90-degree tilt, plus or minus 20-degree angular adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFold-out legs:\u003c\/strong\u003e non-slip rubber feet for stable surface placement\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHook-and-loop cinch strap:\u003c\/strong\u003e 13-inch removable strap for attachment to posts, limbs, and railings\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard thread:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/4 inch-20 female thread compatibility across all supported devices\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eP-UP3\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFolded Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e7.25 in x 2 in x 2.25 in (18.4 cm x 5.1 cm x 5.7 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eProduct Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e4.7 oz\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMax Safe Load\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e10 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003ePan Adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e360 degrees\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eTilt Adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e+\/- 90 degrees\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eAngular Adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e+\/- 20 degrees\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eStrap Length\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e13 in (33 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003ePhone Mount Width Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eUp to 3.5 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eThread Standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1\/4 inch-20 female\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eLimited 1-Year\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThe UltraPod 3 suits overlanders, campers, and outdoor photographers who need a compact, lightweight tripod for phones, POV cameras, spotting scopes, binoculars, or compact DSLRs with shorter lenses, particularly where surface space is limited and strap-mounting to a railing, post, or tree is useful.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThe UltraPod 3 is not designed for full-size DSLR cameras with long or heavy lenses, or for any device exceeding its 10 lb safe load rating. It does not fit devices without a 1\/4 inch-20 female thread unless a separate adapter is used. The phone mount accommodates phones up to 3.5 inches wide; wider devices will not fit the included mount.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat devices does the UltraPod 3 support?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Pedco UltraPod 3 supports any device with a standard 1\/4 inch-20 female thread, including cell phones (via the included mount), POV sports cameras, camcorders, binoculars, spotting scopes, and compact DSLR cameras with shorter lenses, up to a maximum safe load of 10 lbs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDoes the phone mount come included, or is it sold separately?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe spring-loaded phone mount is included with the Pedco UltraPod 3 at no additional cost. It fits phones up to 3.5 inches wide, accommodates large phones including the iPhone 8 Plus, and offers two mounting positions on the tripod's standard 1\/4 inch-20 thread.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eCan the UltraPod 3 attach to something other than a flat surface?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eYes. The Pedco UltraPod 3 includes a removable 13-inch hook-and-loop cinch strap that wraps around posts, tree limbs, railings, and similar solid objects. The strap detaches completely when not needed, so it does not add bulk during surface-based use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eHow does the ball head adjust, and do I need tools?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe UltraPod 3's ball-and-socket head adjusts to 360 degrees of pan, plus or minus 90 degrees of tilt, and plus or minus 20 degrees of angular movement. All adjustments are tool-free and can be made without removing the camera or phone from the mount.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat is the warranty on the UltraPod 3?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Pedco UltraPod 3 carries a Limited 1-Year warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Pedco","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50545656266822,"sku":"P-UP3","price":15.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/p-up3_pedcoup3_7.jpg?v=1790905161"},{"product_id":"uco-titanium-utility-spork","title":"UCO Titanium Utility Spork","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe UCO Titanium Utility Spork is a fork, spoon, and knife combined into a single 7-inch, 0.6 oz titanium utensil built for backpacking, overlanding, and camp cooking. A serrated edge on the fork tine handles cutting, a long handle reaches the bottom of deep meal pouches, and attachment points with a reusable tether let you clip it to a pack or hang it to dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOne Utensil Instead of Three\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCarrying separate fork, spoon, and knife adds weight and takes up space that matters when every ounce counts. The UCO Titanium Utility Spork replaces all three with a single tool: the spoon bowl handles soups and stews, the fork tines work for solid food, and the serrated edge on the tine cuts through meals without a separate knife. Fewer pieces also means fewer items to wash, lose, or forget at camp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTitanium Construction, Genuine Weight Savings\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt 0.6 oz (19 g), the UCO Titanium Utility Spork weighs less than most single-piece plastic utensils while being significantly stronger. Titanium is corrosion-resistant and heat-tolerant, so the spork holds up to repeated use in wet conditions, salt air, and direct contact with hot food without rusting, warping, or retaining odors. It is also dishwasher safe, which matters on trips where a full camp kitchen is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eReady to Attach, Ready to Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt-in attachment points and a reusable tether let the UCO Titanium Utility Spork clip directly to a pack strap, hang from a drip line, or stay secured in a kit bag. With no moving parts and nothing to charge or assemble, the spork is functional the moment you reach for it. UCO covers the spork under a limited lifetime warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree-in-one design:\u003c\/strong\u003e functions as fork, spoon, and serrated knife in a single piece\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUltralight titanium:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.6 oz (19 g) total weight, corrosion-resistant and heat-tolerant\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLong handle:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7 in. (17.8 cm) length reaches the bottom of deep freeze-dried meal pouches\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttachment points and reusable tether:\u003c\/strong\u003e clip to a pack or hang to dry without extra gear\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDishwasher safe:\u003c\/strong\u003e odor-resistant and does not retain food flavors\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLimited lifetime warranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e covered under UCO's warranty program\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eTitanium\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e0.6 oz (19 g)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e7 in. (17.8 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eF-SP-TI\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThe UCO Titanium Utility Spork suits backpackers, thru-hikers, overlanders, and camp cooks who want to minimize utensil weight and bulk without giving up function. The long handle and serrated edge make it practical for freeze-dried meals, trail food, and full camp dinners alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThis is a single utensil with no case, sheath, or additional cutlery pieces included. Buyers who need a full cutlery set or a dedicated knife with a longer blade will need additional items.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDoes the serrated edge actually cut through real food, or is it just for show?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe UCO Titanium Utility Spork has a serrated edge along one fork tine designed to cut through food during a meal. It handles cutting tasks typical of camp eating, including breaking apart protein and cutting through pasta or vegetables, without requiring a separate knife.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eHow does the tether attachment work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe UCO Titanium Utility Spork includes built-in attachment points and a reusable tether that let you clip the spork to a pack strap, hang it from a line to dry, or keep it secured inside a kit bag. No additional hardware is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eIs titanium safe for contact with hot food straight from the stove?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eTitanium is heat-tolerant and does not leach chemicals or flavors into food, making the UCO Titanium Utility Spork safe for use with hot meals directly from a pot or pouch. The handle length also keeps your hand away from the hottest part of the bowl.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eCan I put this in a dishwasher at a trailhead hostel or at home?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eYes. The UCO Titanium Utility Spork is dishwasher safe. Titanium is also odor-resistant and does not retain food flavors between uses, so a quick rinse in the field is usually sufficient when a dishwasher is not available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat does the limited lifetime warranty cover?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eUCO covers the Titanium Utility Spork under a limited lifetime warranty. Specific exclusions are not detailed in the available product data; contact TerrainVault for warranty claim assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"UCO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50545665572934,"sku":"F-SP-TI","price":21.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/f-sp-ti_titanium-amazon-cropper-1024x1024.jpg?v=1790905382"},{"product_id":"uco-natural-beeswax-candles-for-uco-lanterns-3-pack-made-in-usa","title":"UCO Natural Beeswax Candles for UCO Lanterns, 3-Pack, Made in USA","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe UCO Natural Beeswax Candles are replacement candles made from 100% beeswax sourced from small-scale Texas beekeepers, designed to fit the UCO Original Candle Lantern and UCO Candlelier. Each pack includes three candles. Burn time is 12–15 hours in open air and up to 18 hours inside a UCO candle lantern. The pack weighs 6.0 oz (170 g) total.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eLong Burn Time Without Paraffin\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause these candles are made from 100% beeswax rather than paraffin, they burn longer and produce less smoke than standard replacement candles. Inside a UCO candle lantern, the controlled environment extends burn time to up to 18 hours per candle, meaning a single three-pack can carry a lantern through multiple nights in the field or through an extended power outage without needing a resupply. In open air, wind and temperature will affect longevity, but each candle still delivers 12–15 hours under normal conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eClean Light Indoors and Out\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeeswax burns without the low-level smoke and petroleum byproducts associated with paraffin. That quality matters when the lantern is inside a tent, a cabin, or a vehicle during a storm: ventilation is limited in those environments and air quality is a real consideration. The candles carry a subtle natural honey scent from the beeswax itself; no artificial fragrance is added.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHandcrafted in Texas for Emergency and Off-Grid Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese candles are handcrafted in the USA from beeswax sourced from small-scale Texas beekeepers using sustainable practices. For emergency preparedness kits, that origin matters: domestic production means the supply chain is shorter and the product is easier to restock. The candles are designed to burn cleanly with minimal dripping when used upright and protected from strong drafts, which makes them practical inside a lantern during rough weather.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100% Natural Beeswax:\u003c\/strong\u003e no paraffin, no artificial fragrance, subtle honey scent\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUp to 18-Hour Burn Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12–15 hours in open air, up to 18 hours inside a UCO candle lantern\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Lanterns:\u003c\/strong\u003e fits UCO Original Candle Lantern and UCO Candlelier\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandcrafted in Texas, USA:\u003c\/strong\u003e sourced from small-scale Texas beekeepers\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMinimal Drip Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e burns cleanly upright when protected from strong drafts\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3 Candles Per Pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6.0 oz (170 g) total pack weight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWax Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e100% natural beeswax\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eQuantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e3 candles per pack\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003ePack Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e6.0 oz (170 g)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eBurn Time (open air)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e12–15 hours per candle\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eBurn Time (in UCO candle lantern)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eUp to 18 hours per candle\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eScent\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSubtle natural honey aroma (no artificial fragrance)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCompatible Lanterns\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eUCO Original Candle Lantern, UCO Candlelier\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eHandcrafted in Texas, USA\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eL-CAN3PK-B\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFire Safety Warning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Keep burning candle within sight at all times. Never burn a candle on or near anything that can catch fire. Keep out of reach of children and pets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackaging note:\u003c\/strong\u003e Packaging may state 12-hour burn time; UCO has updated burn time estimates following new testing. Current burn time is 12–15 hours in open air and up to 18 hours inside a UCO candle lantern.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThese candles suit campers, backpackers, cabin users, and emergency-preparedness households who already own a UCO Original Candle Lantern or UCO Candlelier and want a USA-made, paraffin-free replacement candle with a longer burn time than standard paraffin options.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThese candles are designed specifically for the UCO Original Candle Lantern and UCO Candlelier and are not confirmed to fit other candle lantern brands or models. Burn time in open air is affected by wind and temperature and will not consistently reach 18 hours outside a lantern enclosure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat lanterns do these candles fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe UCO Natural Beeswax Candles are designed specifically for the UCO Original Candle Lantern and the UCO Candlelier. Compatibility with other candle lantern brands or models is not confirmed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eHow long does each candle burn?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eEach UCO Natural Beeswax Candle burns for approximately 12–15 hours in open air. Inside a UCO candle lantern, where the enclosure creates a more controlled environment, burn time extends to up to 18 hours. Wind and temperature will affect open-air longevity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eAre these candles scented?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe UCO Natural Beeswax Candles carry a light, subtle honey aroma that comes naturally from the beeswax. No artificial fragrance is added.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDo these candles drip?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe UCO Natural Beeswax Candles are designed to burn with minimal dripping when used upright and protected from strong drafts. Burn conditions, including wind exposure and candle angle, can affect dripping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDo these candles produce smoke?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eBeeswax is naturally clean-burning. When the wick is properly trimmed and the candle is used as directed, the UCO Natural Beeswax Candles produce minimal smoke, which is an advantage over paraffin candles in enclosed spaces like tents or cabins.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhere are these candles made?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe UCO Natural Beeswax Candles are handcrafted in Texas, USA, using beeswax sourced from small-scale Texas beekeepers. The packaging may state 12-hour burn time; UCO updated the burn time estimate after new testing.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"UCO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50545670815814,"sku":"L-CAN3PK-B","price":21.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/Beeswax_candle_for_camping_and_safe_indoor_emergency_light.png?v=1790905561"},{"product_id":"pedco-ultrapod-3-mini-travel-tripod-with-phone-mount","title":"Pedco Ultrapod 3 Mini Travel Tripod with Phone Mount","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe Pedco Ultrapod 3 Mini is a compact travel tripod weighing 2.3 oz that supports cameras, action cams, and smartphones up to 3.5 inches wide, with a 5 lb safe load capacity. Fold-out legs with non-slip TPE feet, a ball-and-socket mount, and an included hook-and-loop strap let it stand on flat surfaces or lash to a tree, railing, or pack strap wherever a shot calls for a steady platform.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSteady Support Without the Bulk\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt 2.3 oz and 4.5 x 1.75 x 1.2 inches collapsed, the Ultrapod 3 Mini fits in a shirt pocket or clips to a pack without adding meaningful weight to a day kit. For overlanders and car campers who already manage a full gear list, a tripod that disappears into a pocket is one that actually comes along and gets used, rather than staying in the truck.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt to Hold More Than It Looks Like It Should\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe reinforced nylon and TPE body is rated to a 5 lb safe load, which covers most mirrorless cameras with a kit lens, compact action cam housings, and smartphones in heavy cases. The construction is 40% stronger than the original Ultrapod 1, so the small footprint does not come at the cost of confidence in the mount.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTwo Ways to Mount, One Strap Does Both\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe standard 1\/4-20 camera screw is compatible with the threaded socket on virtually every camera and action cam on the market, and the included universal phone mount handles smartphones up to 3.5 inches wide. The integrated hook-and-loop strap means the tripod is not limited to flat surfaces: wrap it around a branch, a side mirror, a tent pole, or a railing, and the ball-and-socket head lets you dial in the angle from there.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5 lb Safe Load Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e supports cameras, action cams, and smartphones in a wide range of housings and cases\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e40% Stronger Than Ultrapod 1:\u003c\/strong\u003e reinforced nylon and TPE body construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard 1\/4-20 Camera Screw:\u003c\/strong\u003e compatible with threaded mounts on virtually all cameras and action cams\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal Phone Mount Included:\u003c\/strong\u003e fits smartphones up to 3.5 inches wide\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHook-and-Loop Strap:\u003c\/strong\u003e secures to trees, railings, tent poles, and other irregular surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon-Slip TPE Feet:\u003c\/strong\u003e fold-out legs stay put on smooth or uneven flat surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eBody Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eReinforced Nylon and TPE\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e2.3 oz (65 g)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eDimensions (Expanded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e5.1 x 5.1 x 4.5 in (12.9 x 12.9 x 11.4 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eDimensions (Collapsed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e4.5 x 1.75 x 1.2 in (11.4 x 4.4 x 3 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSafe Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e5 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCamera Mount\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eStandard 1\/4-20 screw\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003ePhone Mount\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eUniversal, fits up to 3.5 in phone width\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eLimited Lifetime\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThe Ultrapod 3 Mini suits overlanders, car campers, hikers, and travelers who want a lightweight, packable tripod for cameras, action cams, or smartphones, particularly when a stable platform is needed on surfaces or structures where a full-size tripod cannot stand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThe Ultrapod 3 Mini does not replace a full-size tripod for heavy camera bodies or long telephoto lenses. The phone mount is limited to devices up to 3.5 inches wide; wider phones and large tablet-style devices will not fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat cameras and devices does the Ultrapod 3 Mini support?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Ultrapod 3 Mini supports any camera or action cam with a standard 1\/4-20 threaded mount, up to the 5 lb safe load capacity. The included universal phone mount accommodates smartphones up to 3.5 inches wide. Devices heavier than 5 lbs or phones wider than 3.5 inches are outside the rated range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eCan the Ultrapod 3 Mini attach to something other than a flat surface?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eYes. The Ultrapod 3 Mini includes a hook-and-loop strap that wraps around trees, railings, tent poles, pack straps, and similar structures, so it is not limited to flat ground or tabletop use. The ball-and-socket head adjusts the angle after the strap is secured.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eHow small does the Ultrapod 3 Mini pack down?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eCollapsed, the Ultrapod 3 Mini measures 4.5 x 1.75 x 1.2 inches and weighs 2.3 oz (65 g), which is small enough to fit in a shirt pocket, a jacket pocket, or a small pouch on a pack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eIs the phone mount included, or sold separately?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe universal phone mount is included with the Ultrapod 3 Mini. No separate purchase is needed to use it with a smartphone up to 3.5 inches wide.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Pedco","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50545672814662,"sku":"P-UP3-MINI","price":14.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/PEDCO_UltrapodMini_Hero.jpg?v=1790905646"},{"product_id":"uco-15-hour-citronella-candles-3-pack","title":"UCO 15-Hour Citronella Candles 3-Pack","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe UCO 15-Hour Citronella Candles come in a 3-pack of clean-burning, citronella oil-infused candles designed for camping, backyard use, and emergency preparedness. Each candle burns up to 15 hours in a UCO candle lantern or 9–12 hours in open air, and the set weighs 5.0 oz total, making it easy to pack alongside a lantern or tuck into a prep kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDual Purpose: Light and Mosquito Deterrence\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach candle combines functional illumination with citronella oil, which helps repel mosquitoes and other flying insects. That combination is useful at a campsite where you want a light source at the table without reaching for a separate bug deterrent. The citronella scent is present but not overwhelming, which matters for users who find heavily scented candles unpleasant in close quarters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBurn Time Varies by Environment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInside a UCO candle lantern, the enclosed environment protects the flame and extends burn time to the full 15 hours per candle. Burned in open air (on a picnic table, a deck railing, or a camp chair armrest), wind and ambient temperature reduce that to 9–12 hours. Knowing which setting you're in helps you plan how many candles to bring for a multi-night trip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatible with UCO Candle Lanterns\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese candles are sized to fit UCO's Original Candle Lantern and Candlelier, so they work as direct replacements or citronella-specific swaps for standard UCO candles. They can also be used freestanding in any candle holder rated for outdoor use, which makes them flexible for home patios and emergency kits as well as backcountry camps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e15-hour burn time:\u003c\/strong\u003e per candle when used inside a UCO candle lantern\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e9–12 hour open-air burn:\u003c\/strong\u003e wind and temperature affect longevity outside a lantern\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCitronella oil infused:\u003c\/strong\u003e helps repel mosquitoes and flying insects\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLantern compatible:\u003c\/strong\u003e fits UCO Original Candle Lantern and Candlelier\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact and lightweight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.5 inches per candle, 5.0 oz for the 3-pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean-burning wax:\u003c\/strong\u003e suitable for enclosed lanterns and open-air use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eIncludes\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e3 citronella candles\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCandle length\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e3.5 inches each\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eTotal weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e5.0 oz (142 g)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eBurn time (in lantern)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eUp to 15 hours per candle\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eBurn time (open air)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e9–12 hours per candle\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eClean-burning wax infused with citronella oil\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCompatible lanterns\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eUCO Original Candle Lantern, UCO Candlelier, other candle holders\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eL-CAN3PK-C\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThese candles suit campers, backyard users, and emergency-preparedness households who want a portable light source that also helps deter mosquitoes. They work well with UCO candle lanterns and in any outdoor candle holder, and the 3-pack format is practical for multi-night trips or keeping extras in a prep kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThese candles are not a substitute for DEET or other EPA-registered insect repellents and are not rated to eliminate mosquitoes in high-infestation conditions. They are not designed for enclosed indoor spaces without ventilation. Fire safety rules apply: never leave a burning candle unattended, keep away from flammable materials, and keep out of reach of children and pets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDo these candles fit UCO candle lanterns?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eYes. The UCO 15-Hour Citronella Candles are sized to fit the UCO Original Candle Lantern and the UCO Candlelier. They can also be used freestanding in any outdoor candle holder designed for standard taper-style candles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eHow long does each candle actually burn?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eEach citronella candle burns up to 15 hours when used inside a UCO candle lantern, where the enclosure shields the flame. In open air (on a table or deck), wind and temperature reduce burn time to roughly 9–12 hours per candle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eHow many candles are included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe UCO 15-Hour Citronella Candles are sold as a 3-pack. Each candle is 3.5 inches long, and the full set weighs 5.0 oz (142 g).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWill these candles eliminate mosquitoes completely?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eCitronella oil helps deter mosquitoes and flying insects but is not a guaranteed elimination method and is not a registered insect repellent. These candles are best used as one layer of a broader approach to bug management at a campsite or patio.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eAre these candles safe to use inside a tent or enclosed shelter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eOpen flames should never be used inside a tent or any enclosed shelter. The UCO 15-Hour Citronella Candles are intended for outdoor use or for use inside a purpose-built candle lantern in a well-ventilated setting. Always keep a burning candle in sight and away from flammable materials.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"UCO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50545675108422,"sku":"L-CAN3PK-C","price":6.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/UCO_citronella_candles_for_lanterns_and_mosquito_control.jpg?v=1790905729"},{"product_id":"pedco-ultrapod-3-compact-travel-tripod","title":"Pedco UltraPod 3 Compact Travel Tripod","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe Pedco UltraPod 3 is a compact, ultralight tripod weighing 4.7 oz that supports cameras, binoculars, spotting scopes, and any device with a 1\/4 inch-20 female thread up to a 10 lb safe load. This OEM version does not include a phone mount or retail packaging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003e10 Pounds of Capacity in a 4.7 oz Package\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe UltraPod 3 ball head assembly uses stronger materials to reach a 10 lb max safe load, a 30% increase over the previous generation. For overlanders and backcountry travelers, that margin matters: a compact DSLR with a short lens, a full-size spotting scope, or a pair of heavy binoculars all stay within spec, so there's no need to carry a heavier tripod just to handle the occasional larger optic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTwo Ways to Set Up, One Tripod\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe UltraPod 3 stands on fold-out legs with non-slip rubber feet on any flat surface. When a flat surface isn't available, the removable 13-inch hook and loop cinch strap wraps around a post, tree limb, railing, or roll bar to hold the tripod in place. Switching between the two modes takes seconds and requires no tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBall Head That Stays Where You Put It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ball and socket head adjusts through 360 degrees of pan, plus or minus 90 degrees of tilt, and plus or minus 20 degrees of angular correction. Repositioning does not require removing the mounted device: loosen, reposition, lock. For wildlife spotting or trail documentation where the subject moves and time is short, that matters more than it might seem on a spec sheet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10 lb max safe load:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30% stronger ball head assembly than the prior generation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull-range ball head:\u003c\/strong\u003e 360° pan, ±90° tilt, ±20° angular adjustment without removing the device\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFold-out legs:\u003c\/strong\u003e non-slip rubber feet for stable placement on flat surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemovable cinch strap:\u003c\/strong\u003e 13-inch hook and loop fastener for attachment to posts, limbs, and railings\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal 1\/4 inch-20 thread:\u003c\/strong\u003e compatible with cameras, camcorders, binoculars, spotting scopes, and POV cameras\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesigned in Seattle\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eProduct Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e4.7 oz\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFolded Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e7.25\" x 2\" x 2.25\" (18.4 cm x 5.1 cm x 5.7 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMax Safe Load\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e10 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003ePan Adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e360°\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eTilt Adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e±90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eAngular Adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e±20°\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eStrap Length\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e13\" (33 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eThread Mount\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1\/4 inch-20 female\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eOEM Notes\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eNo phone mount included; no retail packaging (ships in plastic bag)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThe UltraPod 3 suits overlanders, hikers, and outdoor photographers who need a lightweight, packable tripod for cameras, spotting scopes, binoculars, POV cameras, or camcorders with a standard 1\/4 inch-20 thread mount. The cinch strap makes it especially useful in the field where a flat surface isn't available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThe UltraPod 3 does not include a phone mount; buyers who need smartphone mounting will require a separate adapter. It is not rated for loads above 10 lbs, so large telephoto lenses or heavy medium-format systems may exceed its capacity. This OEM version ships without retail packaging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDoes the UltraPod 3 include a phone mount?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eNo. This OEM version of the Pedco UltraPod 3 does not include a phone mount. The tripod accepts any device with a standard 1\/4 inch-20 female thread; a separate phone adapter would be needed to mount a smartphone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat kinds of devices can the UltraPod 3 hold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Pedco UltraPod 3 is compatible with cell phones (with a separate adapter), POV sports cameras, camcorders, binoculars, spotting scopes, medium-format cameras, and compact DSLR cameras with shorter lenses: any device with a 1\/4 inch-20 female thread and a total weight at or below 10 lbs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eCan the UltraPod 3 attach to something other than a flat surface?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eYes. The Pedco UltraPod 3 includes a removable 13-inch hook and loop cinch strap that wraps around posts, tree limbs, railings, and similar solid objects, holding the tripod securely when fold-out leg placement isn't practical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eHow much does the UltraPod 3 weigh, and how small does it pack?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Pedco UltraPod 3 weighs 4.7 oz and folds down to 7.25\" x 2\" x 2.25\" (18.4 cm x 5.1 cm x 5.7 cm), making it small enough to slip into a jacket pocket or a small pouch on a pack or kit bag.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Pedco","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50545680318534,"sku":"P-UP3-OEM","price":34.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/p-up3-oem_pedcoup3_5.jpg?v=1790905903"},{"product_id":"uco-cocoon-neoprene-protective-case-for-candlelier-candle-lantern","title":"UCO Cocoon Neoprene Protective Case for Candlelier Candle Lantern","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe UCO Cocoon Case is a 1\/4-inch neoprene sleeve designed to protect the UCO Candlelier Candle Lantern during transport and storage. Weighing 4.7 oz. (133 g), the Cocoon slips on and off without zippers, snaps, or hardware, making it a straightforward way to guard the Candlelier's glass and finish against impact, dents, and scratches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCushioned Protection Without the Fuss\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Cocoon's 1\/4-inch neoprene wall absorbs impact rather than simply covering the lantern's surface. For a lantern built around glass panels, that thickness matters: a hard knock against a pack frame or a tumble in a gear bin is the most common way a candle lantern gets sidelined. The Cocoon puts a layer of give between the lantern and whatever it's traveling with, so the glass arrives intact and the finish stays clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eReady in Seconds, Every Time\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause the Cocoon has no closures, there is nothing to fumble with at camp or in the dark. The sleeve slides on and off in one motion. That also means there are no zippers to snag, no snaps to lose, and no hardware to corrode after a wet trip. When the lantern needs to cool before storage, the open design makes it easy to set aside and slip the Cocoon on once the lantern is ready.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1\/4-inch neoprene construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e thick enough to absorb impact and cushion against glass breakage, dents, and scratches\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo-closure sleeve design:\u003c\/strong\u003e slides on and off without zippers, snaps, or hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTailored fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e sized specifically for the UCO Candlelier Candle Lantern\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.7 oz. (133 g) adds minimal weight to a pack or kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eNeoprene\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWall Thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1\/4 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e4.7 oz. (133 g)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCompatible Lantern\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eUCO Candlelier Candle Lantern only\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eClosure Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eNone (open sleeve)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThe Cocoon Case suits anyone who owns a UCO Candlelier Candle Lantern and wants to protect it during backcountry travel, car camping, or off-season storage. It is a practical addition to any kit where the lantern shares space with hard gear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThe Cocoon is sized for the UCO Candlelier Candle Lantern only and does not fit UCO's Original Candle Lantern or any other lantern model. Allow the lantern to cool thoroughly before placing it in the Cocoon.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhich lantern does the Cocoon Case fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe UCO Cocoon Case is tailored specifically for the UCO Candlelier Candle Lantern and does not fit UCO's Original Candle Lantern or other models. The fit is intentional: the sleeve is cut to the Candlelier's dimensions to stay snug during transport.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDoes the Cocoon have a zipper or any closures?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eNo. The Cocoon Case is an open neoprene sleeve with no zippers, snaps, or hardware. It slides on and off the UCO Candlelier Candle Lantern in one motion, which keeps the design simple and eliminates parts that could corrode or fail in the field.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eCan the Cocoon be used right after the lantern has been burning?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eNo. Allow the UCO Candlelier Candle Lantern to cool thoroughly before placing it in the Cocoon Case. Placing a hot lantern inside the neoprene sleeve before it has cooled is not safe and may damage the case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eHow much does the Cocoon Case weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe UCO Cocoon Case weighs 4.7 oz. (133 g), making it light enough to include in a backpacking kit without meaningful weight penalty alongside the Candlelier Candle Lantern it protects.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"UCO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50545683857478,"sku":"C-BAG-CO","price":17.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/c-bag-co_candlier_cocoon_4.jpg?v=1790906035"},{"product_id":"uco-cocoon-neoprene-case-for-original-and-mini-candle-lanterns","title":"UCO Cocoon Neoprene Case for Original and Mini Candle Lanterns","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe UCO Cocoon Case is a 1\/4-inch neoprene sleeve designed to protect the UCO Original Candle Lantern and UCO Mini Candle Lantern during transport and storage. Weighing 1.6 oz (45 g), it slips on and off without zippers, snaps, or hardware, making it a straightforward way to guard lantern glass and finish between uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eImpact Protection Where It Counts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Cocoon's 1\/4-inch neoprene wall absorbs knocks and compression that would otherwise crack lantern glass or dent the lantern body. For a candle lantern carried loose in a pack alongside hard gear, that cushioning layer is the difference between arriving at camp with a working light and arriving with a cracked globe. Thick neoprene also resists abrasion, so the lantern's finish stays intact through repeated trips.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eNo Hardware to Fumble With\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sleeve design skips zippers, snaps, and buckles entirely. At the end of a cold day or in low light, that matters: the Cocoon slides on and off in one motion, with nothing to catch or misalign. There are no metal closures to corrode, no fabric pulls to snag, and nothing to add meaningful bulk to a packed kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eReady for the Trail or the Shelf\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Cocoon works equally well as a travel case and as long-term storage protection. Neoprene does not compress permanently under load, so a lantern stored in the Cocoon between seasons comes out with the same fit and protection it had going in. Whether the lantern lives in a go-bag, a camp bin, or a closet shelf, the case keeps dust, scratches, and incidental impacts off the glass and body.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTailored fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e sized specifically for the UCO Original Candle Lantern and UCO Mini Candle Lantern\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1\/4-inch neoprene construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e absorbs impact to help prevent glass breakage, dents, and scratches\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eZipper-free sleeve:\u003c\/strong\u003e slides on and off with no closures, snaps, or hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.6 oz (45 g) adds minimal weight to a packed kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eNeoprene\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWall Thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1\/4 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1.6 oz (45 g)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCompatible Lanterns\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eUCO Original Candle Lantern, UCO Mini Candle Lantern\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThe UCO Cocoon Case suits anyone who carries or stores a UCO Original Candle Lantern or UCO Mini Candle Lantern and wants to protect the glass globe and body from breakage, scratches, and dents in transit or between seasons.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThe Cocoon Case is not compatible with UCO candle lantern models other than the Original and Mini. The lantern must be allowed to cool thoroughly before being placed in the Cocoon; the case is not intended for contact with a hot lantern.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhich UCO lanterns fit the Cocoon Case?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe UCO Cocoon Case is sized specifically for the UCO Original Candle Lantern and the UCO Mini Candle Lantern. It is not designed to fit other UCO lantern models, and compatibility with non-UCO lanterns is not stated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDoes the Cocoon Case have a zipper or buckle closure?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eNo. The UCO Cocoon Case is a simple sleeve with no zippers, snaps, or hardware. It slides on and off the lantern in one motion, which keeps the design lightweight and eliminates closures that could corrode or snag in a pack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eCan the Cocoon Case be used immediately after the lantern has been burning?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eNo. The lantern must be allowed to cool thoroughly before being placed in the Cocoon Case. Placing a hot lantern in the neoprene sleeve is not recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eHow much does the Cocoon Case weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe UCO Cocoon Case weighs 1.6 oz (45 g), making it a low-impact addition to a camp kit or go-bag alongside the lantern it protects.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"UCO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50545691197510,"sku":"L-BAG-CO","price":14.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/l-bag-co_2.jpg?v=1790906199"},{"product_id":"uco-metal-storage-tin","title":"UCO Metal Storage Tin","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe UCO Metal Storage Tin is a compact tin-coated steel container designed for campers, hikers, and backpackers who need a lightweight, secure place to keep small essentials organized on the trail or at camp. Measuring 6.25\" x 2.5\" x 1.875\" and weighing 2 oz, it fits in a pack pocket, a jacket pocket, or a drawer without adding meaningful bulk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Snug Lid That Stays Closed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Metal Storage Tin's lid fits tightly enough to keep contents in place when the tin is jostled in a pack or dropped in a bag. For items where containment matters (fishhooks, loose matches, small first aid supplies), a lid that doesn't pop open on its own is the difference between organized and lost. The secure closure means you can toss the tin into a pack without wrapping it in a bag first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eLight Enough to Forget You're Carrying It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt 2 oz, the Metal Storage Tin adds almost nothing to a pack weight. Tin-coated steel construction keeps the weight down while still giving the container enough rigidity to protect its contents from being crushed by heavier gear packed around it. That rigidity is a meaningful advantage over soft pouches when the contents are fragile or sharp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tin-coated steel construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure lid:\u003c\/strong\u003e Snug-fitting closure keeps contents contained during transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact footprint:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sized to fit a pack pocket, jacket pocket, or drawer\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 oz total weight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eTin-coated steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e6.25\" x 2.5\" x 1.875\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e2 oz\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThe UCO Metal Storage Tin suits campers, hikers, backpackers, and anglers who need a rigid, lightweight container for small loose items such as matches, fishhooks, first aid supplies, or trail snacks that would otherwise scatter in a pack or get crushed in a soft pouch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThis tin is not a waterproof or sealed container; the lid is snug but not gasketed, so it is not suited for storing items that must stay completely dry in wet conditions. The 6.25\" x 2.5\" x 1.875\" interior holds small essentials only and is not sized for larger gear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat can fit inside the UCO Metal Storage Tin?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe UCO Metal Storage Tin measures 6.25\" x 2.5\" x 1.875\", making it well suited for small loose items such as matches, fishhooks, first aid supplies like bandages or pills, or compact trail snacks. It is not sized for larger gear or full-size tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eIs the lid waterproof or sealed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe UCO Metal Storage Tin has a snug-fitting lid that keeps contents secure during transport, but it is not gasketed or waterproof. Items that must stay completely dry in wet or submerged conditions should be stored in a sealed waterproof container instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eHow much does the tin weigh, and will it add bulk to a pack?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe UCO Metal Storage Tin weighs 2 oz and measures 6.25\" x 2.5\" x 1.875\", so it fits easily in a pack side pocket or jacket pocket without adding meaningful weight or bulk to a day pack or backpacking setup.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"UCO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50545696735302,"sku":"MT-SC-TIN-B","price":5.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/UCOcompactmetaltinforsmallitems.jpg?v=1790906259"},{"product_id":"pedco-ultraclamp-4-0-camera-clamp-mount","title":"Pedco UltraClamp 4.0 Camera Clamp Mount","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe Pedco UltraClamp 4.0 is a camera mounting clamp made in the USA from an aluminum body and glass-reinforced nylon clamp head, designed to secure any device with a 1\/4-20 tripod socket to round or flat objects up to 4 inches (10 cm) thick (including rolled-down car windows, bicycle handlebars, and picnic tables). It weighs 9.9 oz and fits a single variant with no vehicle-specific fitment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eGrip Where a Tripod Cannot Go\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA standard tripod needs flat, open ground. The UltraClamp 4.0 opens up surfaces a tripod cannot touch: car window glass, fence rails, table edges, and handlebars, turning any rigid object up to 4 inches thick into a stable camera platform. For overlanders and campers who want to capture trail footage or wildlife without carrying a full tripod setup, that range of attachment points means fewer missed shots and less gear to pack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFull Positioning Freedom\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe UltraClamp 4.0 uses the same ball-and-socket mount found on the UltraPod II, letting the camera rotate and tilt to any angle once the clamp is set. The UltraMount can be positioned on the top or side of the clamp body. Mounting from the side keeps the camera closer to the surface and out of the way of doors, handlebars, or other obstructions when clearance is tight. Together, these two adjustments mean the camera angle is not dictated by where the clamp happens to land.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt to Hold Without Marking\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe clamp body and screw are aluminum; the clamp head and knobs are injection-molded, glass-reinforced nylon thermoplastic resin. That combination keeps weight under 10 oz while giving the clamp enough rigidity to support most cameras, spotting scopes, and camcorders without flex under load. The nylon clamp head is less likely to scratch or mar the surface it grips than a bare metal jaw would be.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal 1\/4-20 socket compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e fits any camera, camcorder, or spotting scope with a standard tripod thread.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTop or side UltraMount position:\u003c\/strong\u003e the UltraMount attaches on either face of the clamp for maximum placement flexibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBall-and-socket head:\u003c\/strong\u003e the same mount used on the UltraPod II positions the device at any angle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAluminum body and screw:\u003c\/strong\u003e durable construction kept under 10 oz total weight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass-reinforced nylon clamp head and knobs:\u003c\/strong\u003e injection-molded thermoplastic resin resists flex and surface marring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade in the USA.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e6\" x 1½\" x 6⅝\" (15 cm x 4 cm x 17 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e9.9 oz (280 g)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eClamp range\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e0\"–4\" (0–10 cm) round or flat objects\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eThread compatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1\/4-20 tripod socket\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eAluminum\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eClamp head and knobs\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eInjection-molded glass-reinforced nylon thermoplastic resin\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThe UltraClamp 4.0 suits overlanders, cyclists, campers, and wildlife observers who need to mount a camera, spotting scope, or camcorder to a surface a tripod cannot reach (a vehicle window, handlebar, table edge, or similar object up to 4 inches thick) and want full ball-and-socket angle adjustment once it is set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThe UltraClamp 4.0 does not fit objects thicker than 4 inches (10 cm). It is not compatible with devices that lack a standard 1\/4-20 tripod socket thread.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat surfaces can the UltraClamp 4.0 grip?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe UltraClamp 4.0 attaches to any round or flat object between 0 and 4 inches (0–10 cm) thick. Typical mounting surfaces include a rolled-down car window, bicycle handlebar, picnic table edge, fence rail, or similar rigid structure. Objects thicker than 4 inches fall outside the clamp's range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWill the UltraClamp 4.0 work with my camera?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe UltraClamp 4.0 fits any device with a standard 1\/4-20 tripod socket thread, which covers the vast majority of cameras, camcorders, and spotting scopes. If a device does not have a 1\/4-20 socket, it is not compatible with this clamp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eCan the mount position be changed after the clamp is attached?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eYes. The UltraMount on the UltraClamp 4.0 can be repositioned to the top or side of the clamp body before or after attachment, giving additional clearance options when space around the mounting surface is limited. The ball-and-socket head then allows the camera to be angled in any direction independently of the clamp position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eHow much does the UltraClamp 4.0 weigh, and how large is it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe UltraClamp 4.0 weighs 9.9 oz (280 g) and measures 6\" x 1½\" x 6⅝\" (15 cm x 4 cm x 17 cm). That size and weight make it practical to carry in a camera bag or pack alongside other gear without adding significant bulk.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Pedco","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50545708761158,"sku":"P-UCA40","price":49.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/p-uca40_3.jpg?v=1790906344"},{"product_id":"pedco-ultraclamp-camera-and-optics-clamp-mount","title":"Pedco UltraClamp Camera and Optics Clamp Mount","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe Pedco UltraClamp is a compact clamp mount for cameras, spotting scopes, and camcorders with a standard 1\/4-20 tripod socket, rated to a maximum safe load of 6 lbs. The aluminum clamp body and glass-reinforced nylon head grip round or flat objects up to 1.5 inches (3.8 cm) thick (car window frames, bicycle handlebars, picnic tables, rollbars, and similar surfaces), and a ball-and-socket joint lets the attached device rotate and tilt to any angle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSolid Hold Without a Tripod\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe UltraClamp's aluminum clamp body and screw provide a rigid, rattle-free grip on the mounting surface, while the injection-molded, glass-reinforced nylon thermoplastic resin head and knobs resist flex under load. A 6 lb maximum safe load covers most compact cameras, spotting scopes, and camcorders, so there is no need to carry a full tripod when a window ledge, handlebar, or table edge is already available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBall-and-Socket Flexibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe same ball-and-socket mount used on the UltraPod II lets the camera or optic swing to any framing angle after the clamp is secured. Locking the ball takes one knob adjustment, so repositioning between shots is fast and does not require loosening the clamp from the surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWide Range of Mounting Surfaces\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe UltraClamp accepts round or flat objects up to 1.5 inches (3.8 cm) thick, which covers rolled-down car window glass, standard bicycle handlebars, rollbar tubing, and most table edges. Any device with a 1\/4-20 tripod socket threads directly onto the mount with no adapter required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal 1\/4-20 thread:\u003c\/strong\u003e fits any camera, spotting scope, or camcorder with a standard tripod socket\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e6 lb maximum safe load:\u003c\/strong\u003e supports most compact cameras and optics\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAluminum clamp body and screw:\u003c\/strong\u003e durable, rigid grip on the mounting surface\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass-reinforced nylon clamp head and knobs:\u003c\/strong\u003e injection-molded thermoplastic resin resists flex\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBall-and-socket joint:\u003c\/strong\u003e positions the device at any angle after clamping\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.5 inch (3.8 cm) max clamp opening:\u003c\/strong\u003e fits round or flat objects within that range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e3\" x 1 5\/8\" x 5 1\/2\" (8 cm x 4 cm x 14 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e5.5 oz (157 g)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMaximum Safe Load\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e6 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMax Clamp Opening\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1.5\" (3.8 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eClamp Body Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eAluminum\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eClamp Head and Knob Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eInjection-molded glass-reinforced nylon thermoplastic resin\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eThread\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1\/4-20\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eP-UCA\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThe UltraClamp suits photographers, hunters, and overlanders who want a quick, packable way to mount a camera or spotting scope to a car window frame, bicycle handlebar, rollbar, table edge, or any round or flat surface up to 1.5 inches thick without setting up a full tripod. It works with any device carrying a standard 1\/4-20 tripod socket and handles loads up to 6 lbs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThe UltraClamp does not fit mounting surfaces thicker than 1.5 inches (3.8 cm) and is not designed for devices that exceed the 6 lb maximum safe load. It does not include an additional tripod head beyond the built-in ball-and-socket joint, and it does not accept devices without a 1\/4-20 tripod socket without a separate adapter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat size thread does the UltraClamp use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Pedco UltraClamp uses a standard 1\/4-20 thread, the same thread found on the vast majority of cameras, spotting scopes, and camcorders. Any device with a 1\/4-20 tripod socket mounts directly without an adapter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eHow thick can the surface be that the UltraClamp grips?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe UltraClamp clamps onto round or flat objects up to 1.5 inches (3.8 cm) thick. Surfaces beyond that dimension fall outside the clamp's rated opening and cannot be secured.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat is the maximum safe load?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Pedco UltraClamp has a stated maximum safe load of 6 lbs, which covers most compact cameras, spotting scopes, and camcorders. Heavier devices should not be mounted on the UltraClamp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eCan the camera angle be adjusted after clamping?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe UltraClamp includes a ball-and-socket joint that lets the mounted device rotate and tilt to any angle. Tightening one knob locks the ball in position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat is the UltraClamp made of?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe UltraClamp's clamp body and screw are aluminum. The clamp head and adjustment knobs are injection-molded, glass-reinforced nylon thermoplastic resin. The unit weighs 5.5 oz (157 g).\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Pedco","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50545717936198,"sku":"P-UCA","price":36.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/p-uca_p-uca_1.jpg?v=1790906432"},{"product_id":"body-armor-4x4-ford-bronco-4-door-rear-seat-covers","title":"Body Armor 4x4 Ford Bronco 4-Door Rear Seat Covers","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe Body Armor 4x4 Rear Seat Covers are neoprene seat covers designed for 2021–2024 Ford Bronco 4-door models, protecting factory rear seats from moisture, dirt, and daily wear while adding integrated MOLLE panel backing for trail-side gear organization. Headrest covers are included. These covers do not fit Broncos equipped with the OE integrated MOLLE panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eNeoprene That Works on the Trail and Off It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNeoprene construction gives these seat covers genuine water resistance without sacrificing breathability, which matters when wet gear, muddy dogs, or a sudden downpour is part of the trip. Unlike vinyl covers that trap heat, neoprene stays comfortable across a range of temperatures, so the rear seat remains usable whether the Bronco is parked at a trailhead or in a parking garage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePadded Protection That Preserves Resale Value\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMulti-layered foam and polyester backing add a cushioned layer between occupants and the factory seat, absorbing the kind of repeated friction and pressure that degrades OE upholstery over time. Factory seats kept in original condition hold more resale and trade-in value, and a covered seat that looks new when the cover comes off is worth more than one that shows years of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMOLLE Backing Turns Dead Space Into Organized Storage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MOLLE system panel on the seat back lets drivers and passengers attach compatible pouches, tools, and accessories directly to the cover rather than loose in the cabin or cargo area. A rear zipper pocket adds a second storage option for smaller items. Adjustable side release buckles secure the cover to the seat without tools, and the fit stays snug through off-road movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNeoprene construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e breathable and water-resistant material suited for wet and muddy conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMulti-layered foam and polyester backing:\u003c\/strong\u003e padded comfort layer that protects factory upholstery\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated MOLLE panel backing:\u003c\/strong\u003e compatible with standard MOLLE pouches and accessories for organized gear storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear zipper pocket:\u003c\/strong\u003e enclosed storage compartment on the seat back\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable side release buckles:\u003c\/strong\u003e tool-free installation with a secure, adjustable fit\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeadrest covers included:\u003c\/strong\u003e full rear seat coverage including all headrests\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eNeoprene with multi-layered foam and polyester backing\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e2021–2024 Ford Bronco, 4-door models only\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eRear seat covers and headrest covers\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1-year limited\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e91011\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThese seat covers suit 2021–2024 Ford Bronco owners with 4-door configurations who want to protect factory rear upholstery from moisture, mud, and wear while gaining MOLLE-compatible storage on the seat back, making them well suited for overlanding, trail driving, or any use that puts the rear seat through regular abuse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThese covers do not fit 2-door Bronco models. They are also incompatible with Broncos equipped with the OE factory-integrated MOLLE panel; that configuration requires a different cover or none at all.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDo these seat covers fit the 2-door Ford Bronco?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eNo. The Body Armor 4x4 Bronco Rear Seat Covers are designed specifically for 4-door 2021–2024 Ford Bronco models. A separate cover would be needed for the 2-door Bronco's rear seat configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWill these covers work on a Bronco that already has the factory MOLLE panel?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eNo. These seat covers are not compatible with Broncos equipped with the OE integrated MOLLE panel. If the factory seat back already has a built-in MOLLE system, these covers will not fit correctly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eAre headrest covers included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eYes. The Body Armor 4x4 Rear Seat Covers include headrest covers, so the full rear seating area (seat back and all headrests) is covered by a single purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eHow are these covers secured to the seat?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe covers use adjustable side release buckles that cinch the cover to the seat without tools. The buckle system allows for fit adjustment and keeps the cover from shifting during off-road driving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat can be attached to the MOLLE panel on the seat back?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe MOLLE system panel backing on these seat covers accepts standard MOLLE-compatible pouches, organizers, and accessories. Any pouch or attachment designed for MOLLE webbing can be threaded onto the panel for trail-side organization.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Body Armor 4x4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50545771151430,"sku":"91011","price":132.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/BA4x4-SEAT-COVERS_7067-sq.jpg?v=1790907323"},{"product_id":"pedco-ultraclamp-2-5-camera-clamp-mount","title":"Pedco UltraClamp 2.5 Camera Clamp Mount","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe Pedco UltraClamp 2.5 is a versatile clamp mount that secures any camera, spotting scope, or camcorder with a standard 1\/4-20 tripod socket to round or flat objects from 1 inch to 2.5 inches (2.5 cm to 6 cm) thick. The aluminum clamp body and fiberglass-reinforced nylon head hold the device firmly while the integrated ball-and-socket joint allows full repositioning without loosening the clamp itself. One size fits the full range of supported diameters with no adapters required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSolid Hold Across a Wide Range of Surfaces\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe UltraClamp 2.5 grips round and flat objects from 1 inch to 2.5 inches thick, which covers bicycle handlebars, picnic table edges, roll bars, and similar structures a photographer or videographer is likely to encounter in the field. That range matters because it means one clamp handles most real-world mounting situations without carrying a second adapter or swapping hardware mid-shoot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe clamp body is machined aluminum and the screw is aluminum as well, so the clamping force is applied through metal rather than plastic. The clamp head and knobs are injection-molded fiberglass-reinforced nylon thermoplastic resin, a material chosen for its resistance to cracking under repeated tightening cycles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBall-and-Socket Flexibility Without a Separate Head\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe UltraClamp 2.5 uses the same ball-and-socket mount found on the UltraPod II, which means the camera can be angled in any direction after the clamp is already secured to the surface. Adjusting framing does not require loosening the clamp, repositioning the whole assembly, and re-tightening. For video work on a moving platform or wildlife photography where the subject position changes, that independence between clamping and aiming saves real time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal 1\/4-20 thread:\u003c\/strong\u003e fits any camera, spotting scope, or camcorder with a standard tripod socket\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAluminum clamp body and screw:\u003c\/strong\u003e durable metal construction for consistent clamping force\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFiberglass-reinforced nylon head and knobs:\u003c\/strong\u003e injection-molded thermoplastic resin resists cracking under repeated use\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBall-and-socket mount:\u003c\/strong\u003e positions the device at any angle independently of the clamp\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1 inch to 2.5 inch grip range:\u003c\/strong\u003e attaches to round or flat objects from 1\" to 2.5\" (2.5 cm to 6 cm) thick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eClamp Range\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1\" to 2.5\" (2.5 cm to 6 cm) round or flat\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eThread\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1\/4-20 tripod socket\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eClamp Body and Screw Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eAluminum\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eClamp Head and Knobs Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eInjection-molded fiberglass-reinforced nylon thermoplastic resin\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e4\" x 1 5\/8\" x 6 1\/8\" (10 cm x 4 cm x 16 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e6.5 oz. (184 g)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eP-UCA25\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThe UltraClamp 2.5 suits photographers, videographers, and outdoor enthusiasts who need to mount a camera or optic to a handlebar, rail, table edge, roll bar, or similar structure between 1 inch and 2.5 inches in diameter or thickness. It works with any device that has a standard 1\/4-20 tripod socket, including cameras, spotting scopes, and camcorders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThe UltraClamp 2.5 does not fit objects thinner than 1 inch or thicker than 2.5 inches. It is not compatible with devices that lack a 1\/4-20 tripod socket. No maximum supported weight is published for this clamp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat size objects does the UltraClamp 2.5 fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe UltraClamp 2.5 clamps onto round or flat objects from 1 inch to 2.5 inches (2.5 cm to 6 cm) thick. That range covers most bicycle handlebars, table edges, and roll bars without any adapter. Objects outside that range, either thinner than 1 inch or thicker than 2.5 inches, are not compatible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWill the UltraClamp 2.5 work with my camera?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe UltraClamp 2.5 is compatible with any camera, camcorder, or spotting scope that has a standard 1\/4-20 tripod socket. That thread is the industry-standard size found on the bottom of most consumer and prosumer cameras. Devices without a 1\/4-20 socket are not compatible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eCan I adjust the camera angle after clamping the UltraClamp 2.5 to a surface?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eYes. The UltraClamp 2.5 uses a ball-and-socket mount that lets you reposition the camera at any angle without loosening the clamp from the surface. The ball joint and the clamp are adjusted independently, so framing can be changed after the clamp is already secured.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat is the UltraClamp 2.5 made of?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe UltraClamp 2.5 clamp body and screw are aluminum. The clamp head and adjustment knobs are injection-molded fiberglass-reinforced nylon thermoplastic resin. The combination gives the clamp a metal clamping mechanism with knobs designed to resist cracking under repeated tightening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eHow heavy is the UltraClamp 2.5?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe UltraClamp 2.5 weighs 6.5 ounces (184 grams) and measures 4 inches by 1 5\/8 inches by 6 1\/8 inches (10 cm x 4 cm x 16 cm). That size and weight make it practical to carry in a camera bag or pack alongside other field gear.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Pedco","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50545784553542,"sku":"P-UCA25","price":36.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/p-uca25_1.jpg?v=1790908004"},{"product_id":"morakniv-kansbol-multi-mount-knife-accessory-kit","title":"Morakniv Kansbol Multi-Mount Knife Accessory Kit","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe Morakniv Kansbol Multi-Mount Kit is a mounting accessory set designed exclusively for the Morakniv Kansbol fixed-blade knife, giving it the flexibility to be secured in nearly any carry position. The kit includes a belt loop, Multi-Mount base, and mounting straps, and is compatible with the MOLLE standard mounting system. The Kansbol knife is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMount It Where It Works for You\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Multi-Mount base and included mounting straps make it possible to position the Kansbol on a pack, vest, vehicle interior, or any MOLLE-compatible surface, not just a belt. For overlanders and campers who need a blade accessible from a fixed point rather than carried on the hip, that flexibility means the knife is where you need it without rearranging your kit every time you get in or out of the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFast Attachment and Detachment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Kansbol attaches to and releases from the Multi-Mount base in seconds without tools. In the field, that means moving the knife from a pack to a belt loop to a MOLLE panel takes moments rather than requiring re-threading or re-rigging. The included belt loop gives a conventional carry option when that's the right choice for the situation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMade in Sweden\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Multi-Mount Kit is manufactured in Sweden, consistent with Morakniv's production standards for their knife accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree-piece kit:\u003c\/strong\u003e includes belt loop, Multi-Mount base, and mounting straps\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMOLLE compatible:\u003c\/strong\u003e works with MOLLE standard mounting systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTool-free attachment:\u003c\/strong\u003e knife attaches and detaches from the mount in seconds\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKansbol-specific fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e designed exclusively for the Morakniv Kansbol fixed-blade knife\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade in Sweden\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCompatible Knife\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMorakniv Kansbol (sold separately)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eIncluded Components\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eBelt loop, Multi-Mount base, mounting straps\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMounting System Compatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMOLLE standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCountry of Manufacture\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSweden\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eM-13002\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThis kit suits Morakniv Kansbol owners who want to carry or stage the knife in positions beyond a standard belt (on a MOLLE vest, pack, or panel) and who need to move it quickly between carry points without tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThe Multi-Mount Kit is not compatible with Morakniv knives other than the Kansbol, and does not include the Kansbol knife itself. It is not a universal knife mounting solution for other brands or models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDoes this kit include the Kansbol knife?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eNo. The Morakniv Kansbol Multi-Mount Kit includes only the belt loop, Multi-Mount base, and mounting straps. The Morakniv Kansbol fixed-blade knife is sold separately and is not part of this accessory kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat mounting systems is this kit compatible with?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Multi-Mount Kit is compatible with the MOLLE standard mounting system, making it usable on MOLLE-compatible vests, packs, panels, and other gear. The included belt loop provides a conventional belt-carry option as well.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWill this kit work with other Morakniv knives?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Morakniv Kansbol Multi-Mount Kit is designed specifically for the Kansbol fixed-blade knife. Compatibility with other Morakniv models is not stated, and the kit should not be assumed to fit knives other than the Kansbol.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eAre any tools required to attach or remove the knife from the mount?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eNo tools are required. The Kansbol attaches to and detaches from the Multi-Mount base in seconds, allowing quick repositioning between the belt loop, MOLLE panel, or other mounted positions without additional equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Morakniv","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50545802149958,"sku":"M-13002","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/m-13002_kansbol-multi-mount-kit.jpg?v=1790908857"},{"product_id":"uco-eco-camp-plate","title":"UCO Eco Camp Plate","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe UCO Eco Camp Plate is a 9-inch camping plate made from 100% Recover Recycled polypropylene, a scratch-resistant, FDA food-safe material that cleans up quickly at camp. At 4.1 ounces, it is light enough to pack without adding meaningful weight to a camp kitchen kit, and UCO backs it with a lifetime warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt from Recycled Material Without Cutting Corners\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe UCO Eco Camp Plate is made entirely from Recover Recycled polypropylene, meaning the plastic in each plate is sourced from post-consumer material rather than virgin resin. For a buyer who wants to reduce the footprint of their camp kit without switching to heavier or more fragile alternatives, this is a straightforward way to do it. The material meets FDA food-safe requirements, so there is no trade-off on safety.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Surface That Holds Up to Regular Camp Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe scratch-resistant surface resists the kind of wear that comes from metal utensils, gritty camp conditions, and repeated washing. A plate that stays smooth and clean-looking after dozens of trips is easier to keep sanitary and more pleasant to eat from. The easy-clean surface means less time scrubbing and more time at the fire.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecover Recycled material:\u003c\/strong\u003e made from 100% recycled polypropylene\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScratch-resistant surface:\u003c\/strong\u003e holds up to utensils and repeated use\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFDA food-safe:\u003c\/strong\u003e meets food-contact safety requirements\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e9-inch diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e full-size plate suitable for a camp meal\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLifetime warranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e covered by UCO's lifetime guarantee\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e100% Recover Recycled polypropylene\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e9 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e4.1 oz\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFood Safety\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMeets FDA food-safe requirements\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eLifetime\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThe UCO Eco Camp Plate suits car campers and overlanders building out a reusable camp kitchen who want a lightweight, easy-clean plate made from recycled material. At 9 inches it works as a standard dinner plate for a full camp meal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThis plate is sold as a single unit, not a set; buyers building a full kit will need to purchase multiple units. Microwave-safe, oven-safe, and dishwasher-safe uses are not stated for this plate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eIs the UCO Eco Camp Plate safe for food contact?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eYes. The UCO Eco Camp Plate meets FDA food-safe requirements. The 100% Recover Recycled polypropylene material is approved for direct food contact, so it is safe to use for a full camp meal without any additional treatment or lining.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat does \"Recover Recycled\" mean for this plate?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eRecover Recycled polypropylene means the plate is made from 100% recycled plastic rather than virgin resin. The Recover Recycled designation indicates the material is sourced from post-consumer content, reducing the demand for new plastic in the manufacturing process.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eHow large is the plate, and how much does it weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe UCO Eco Camp Plate measures 9 inches in diameter and weighs 4.1 ounces. That size is comparable to a standard dinner plate and light enough to include in a camp kitchen kit without adding significant pack weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat warranty does the UCO Eco Camp Plate carry?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe UCO Eco Camp Plate is covered by a lifetime warranty. TerrainVault's own return and support policies apply to purchases made here; for warranty service, contact TerrainVault directly.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"UCO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50545825742918,"sku":"F-P-ECO-BULK-OCEANBLUE","price":7.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/f-p-eco-bulk_blue_2.jpg?v=1790909459"},{"product_id":"uco-eco-camp-cup-12-oz-recycled-polypropylene-mug","title":"UCO Eco Camp Cup 12 oz Recycled Polypropylene Mug","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe UCO Eco Camp Cup is a 12 oz camp mug made from 100% Recover Recycled polypropylene, BPA-free, phthalate-free, and FDA food-safe, weighing just 2 ounces. The ergonomic handle includes a built-in carabiner hole for clipping to a backpack, gear bin, or belt loop. Interior volume markers show ounces and milliliters for measuring at camp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003e2 Ounces on the Scale, Not in Your Pack\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt 2 ounces, the Eco Camp Cup adds almost nothing to a daypack or car camping kit. That weight matters on longer trips where every ounce of kit is accounted for, and it matters just as much when the cup is riding clipped to the outside of a bag rather than tucked inside it. The carabiner hole in the handle keeps the cup accessible without occupying pack space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRecycled Material That Holds Up to Real Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cup is molded from 100% Recover Recycled polypropylene, post-consumer recycled plastic rather than virgin material. Polypropylene is safe for boiling water, handles hot coffee and cold water equally, and cleans up in a dishwasher or microwave without degrading. The material is also BPA-free and phthalate-free, which matters when the cup is used daily for hot beverages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFits Where You Need It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 12 oz capacity handles a full mug of coffee, a cup of soup, or a cold drink after a hike. Interior markings in ounces and milliliters let you measure ingredients at camp without a separate tool. The cup fits in a standard camp chair cupholder, so it stays put at the site as easily as it clips to a pack on the trail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecover Recycled polypropylene:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100% post-consumer recycled material, BPA-free and phthalate-free\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e12 oz capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e holds hot or cold beverages; safe for boiling water\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2 oz weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e ultralight for pack, glovebox, or picnic kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCarabiner hole in handle:\u003c\/strong\u003e clips to backpack, belt loop, or gear bin\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInterior volume markers:\u003c\/strong\u003e graduated in ounces and milliliters\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMicrowave and dishwasher safe:\u003c\/strong\u003e FDA food-safe; lifetime warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e12 oz (355 ml)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e~2 oz\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e100% Recover Recycled polypropylene\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSafety certifications\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eBPA-free, phthalate-free, FDA food-safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMicrowave safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eDishwasher safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCarabiner hole\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eYes, built into handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eVolume markers\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eInterior, oz and ml\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eLifetime\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eColor available\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eOcean Blue\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThe UCO Eco Camp Cup suits backpackers, car campers, and day hikers who want a lightweight, packable mug that clips to their kit and handles both hot and cold drinks. The recycled material and lifetime warranty make it a practical choice for buyers who want a durable everyday cup rather than a disposable alternative.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThe Eco Camp Cup is a single-wall cup and does not insulate beverages. Buyers who need a drink to stay hot or cold for an extended period should look at an insulated option. It holds 12 oz; buyers who need a larger capacity will need a different cup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eCan the Eco Camp Cup handle boiling water?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eYes. The UCO Eco Camp Cup is rated safe for boiling water. The 100% Recover Recycled polypropylene construction is also microwave safe, so the cup can be used to reheat beverages at home or at a basecamp with power access.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eIs the cup insulated?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Eco Camp Cup is a single-wall cup and does not provide insulation. Hot drinks will cool and cold drinks will warm at the normal rate for an uninsulated vessel. Buyers who need extended temperature retention should choose an insulated mug instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat does the carabiner hole fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Eco Camp Cup handle includes a built-in hole sized for a standard carabiner clip. This lets the cup hang from a backpack strap, belt loop, or gear bin handle for quick access without occupying interior pack space. A carabiner is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eHow do the interior volume markers work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe inside of the Eco Camp Cup is marked in both ounces and milliliters, allowing the cup to double as a measuring vessel at camp. This is useful for recipes that call for specific liquid volumes without requiring a separate measuring cup in the kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat does the lifetime warranty cover?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eUCO backs the Eco Camp Cup with a lifetime warranty. For specific terms and how to make a claim, contact TerrainVault's customer service team, who can assist with warranty questions for products sold through TerrainVault.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"UCO","offers":[{"title":"Ocean Blue","offer_id":50545840980038,"sku":"F-C-ECO-BULK-OCEANBLUE","price":5.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/uco_eco_camp_cup_for_camping_gear_essentials_and_hiking_hydr.jpg?v=1790909757"},{"product_id":"body-armor-4x4-30-oz-red-tumbler","title":"Body Armor 4x4 30 oz Red Tumbler","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe Body Armor 4x4 30 oz Red Tumbler is a double-wall vacuum-insulated tumbler built for overlanders and campers who want a durable, cup-holder-compatible drink vessel on the trail or at camp. The powder-coated exterior resists wear, and the weather-proof clear lid with straw hole keeps drinks secure whether you're on pavement or dirt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInsulation That Works On and Off the Trail\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDouble-wall vacuum insulation keeps hot drinks hot and cold drinks cold for extended periods without condensation on the exterior. For a driver spending hours on a long overland route or a camper waiting for morning coffee to cool, that means a drinkable temperature when you actually reach for it, not a lukewarm disappointment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt to Fit Where You Already Drive\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 30 oz tumbler is sized to fit most cup holders, so it rides in your center console rather than rolling around the cab floor or requiring a separate mount. The weather-proof clear lid with a straw hole adds a layer of spill resistance for rough roads without forcing you to remove the lid every time you drink.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e30 oz capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e full-day hydration volume in a single vessel\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDouble-wall vacuum insulation:\u003c\/strong\u003e maintains drink temperature without exterior condensation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCup-holder compatible:\u003c\/strong\u003e fits most standard cup holders\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePowder-coated exterior:\u003c\/strong\u003e color-matched red finish with added surface durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather-proof clear lid:\u003c\/strong\u003e reduces spills on rough terrain\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStraw hole:\u003c\/strong\u003e drink without removing the lid\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eBody Armor 4x4\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e30 oz\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eInsulation\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eDouble-wall vacuum\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eExterior finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003ePowder-coated red\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eLid\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWeather-proof clear lid with straw hole\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCup-holder fit\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFits most cup holders\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMKT-BACUP2201\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThis tumbler suits overlanders, car campers, and daily drivers who want an insulated 30 oz tumbler that fits a standard cup holder and handles trail conditions without leaking through the lid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThis tumbler is available in red only in this listing. A straw is not included: only the weather-proof lid with a straw hole is provided.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDoes the Body Armor 4x4 30 oz Tumbler come with a straw?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Body Armor 4x4 30 oz Red Tumbler includes a weather-proof clear lid with a straw hole, but a straw is not listed among the included contents. The hole accommodates a standard reusable straw purchased separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWill this tumbler fit in my truck's cup holder?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Body Armor 4x4 30 oz Tumbler is sized to fit most cup holders. Cup-holder dimensions vary by vehicle, so measuring your holder before purchasing is worthwhile if you have a non-standard or aftermarket console.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eHow does the double-wall vacuum insulation work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe 30 oz tumbler uses double-wall vacuum insulation, which creates an airless layer between the inner and outer walls. This slows heat transfer in both directions, keeping hot drinks hot and cold drinks cold, and prevents condensation from forming on the exterior surface.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Body Armor 4x4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50545872699462,"sku":"MKT-BACUP2201","price":29.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/BA4X4-TUMBLER1205-2000.jpg?v=1790911662"},{"product_id":"body-armor-4x4-bolt-on-multi-point-grab-handles-for-jeep-wrangler-jk","title":"Body Armor 4x4 Bolt-On Multi-Point Grab Handles for Jeep Wrangler JK","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe Body Armor 4x4 Bolt-On Multi-Point Grab Handle is a nylon-webbing handle with heavy-duty steel grommets, designed to mount at factory attachment points or any universal multi-point location inside or outside a 2007–2018 Jeep Wrangler JK. Each set includes two handles sold as a pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eGrip Where You Need It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnti-slip handle grips give passengers and the driver a secure hold during off-camber trails, rock crawls, or any situation where a stable handhold matters. Because the grip surface resists slipping even with gloves or wet hands, occupants can brace confidently without grabbing door frames or roll-bar tubing that offers no real purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMounts Almost Anywhere\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nylon-webbing construction and heavy-duty steel grommets let these handles loop or bolt to a wide range of attachment points: front pillars, headrests, the rear roll bar, bed racks, and roof racks are all listed mounting locations. A single pair can serve as interior grab handles today and relocate to an exterior rack position when the build changes, with no new hardware required if a compatible mounting point already exists.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFactory-Point Compatible\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe handles are designed to fit factory mounting points on the 2007–2018 Jeep Wrangler JK, so installation does not require drilling new holes or fabricating brackets on vehicles with those OEM attachment locations. The universal multi-point design also accommodates aftermarket racks and bars that share a compatible grommet-style attachment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNylon webbing construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e flexible, durable webbing forms the handle loop\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-duty steel grommets:\u003c\/strong\u003e reinforce the attachment points at each end\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnti-slip handle grips:\u003c\/strong\u003e textured grip surface for secure hold\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile mounting locations:\u003c\/strong\u003e front pillars, headrests, rear roll bar, bed racks, roof racks\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFactory-point compatible:\u003c\/strong\u003e fits OEM mounting points on 2007–2018 Jeep Wrangler JK\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSold in pairs:\u003c\/strong\u003e two handles per set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eBody Armor 4x4\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e5143\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eHandle material\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eNylon webbing\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eGrommet material\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eHeavy-duty steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eQuantity per set\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e2 (sold as a pair)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003ePrimary vehicle fitment\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e2007–2018 Jeep Wrangler JK\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eUniversal fitment\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCompatible with universal multi-point mounting locations\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThese grab handles suit Jeep Wrangler JK owners (2007–2018) who want a bolt-on handhold at factory mounting points, and any off-road or overland builder who needs a flexible, relocatable grab handle for aftermarket racks, roll bars, or headrest bars.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThese handles are not confirmed to fit the Jeep Wrangler JL (2018–present) or any other vehicle at factory mounting points; fitment to non-JK vehicles depends on whether a compatible universal mounting point exists. No load rating is published for these handles, so they are not verified for rated safety or rescue applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDo these handles fit the Jeep Wrangler JL or other Jeep models?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Body Armor 4x4 Bolt-On Multi-Point Grab Handles are confirmed to fit factory mounting points on the 2007–2018 Jeep Wrangler JK. Fitment to a Wrangler JL or other Jeep models at OEM attachment points is not confirmed. The universal multi-point design may work on aftermarket bars or racks on other vehicles if a compatible grommet-style attachment point is present.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eHow many handles come in a set?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Body Armor 4x4 Bolt-On Multi-Point Grab Handles are sold in pairs. Each purchase includes two handles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat mounting locations are compatible?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThese grab handles are designed to mount at factory attachment points on the 2007–2018 Jeep Wrangler JK, and also at universal multi-point locations including front pillars, headrests, the rear roll bar, bed racks, and roof racks. Any mounting location that accommodates the steel grommet attachment can be used.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Body Armor 4x4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50546017108038,"sku":"5143","price":21.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/5143-1_be7a8522-ce0d-43d3-abe0-210ddfbb72a9-sq.jpg?v=1790914991"},{"product_id":"pelican-tx50-adventure-case","title":"Pelican TX50 Adventure Case","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe Pelican TX50 Adventure Case is a rotomolded polypropylene storage case built for overlanders, campers, and outdoor workers who need a weather-resistant, lockable container for clothing, tools, and valuables. Its 1.22 ft³ interior (13.00 x 12.25 x 13.25 inches) handles a wide range of gear loads, and tie-down plates let you secure it directly to a vehicle. The TX50 is available in OD Green, Black, and Desert Tan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRotomolded Construction That Handles the Conditions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe TX50's polypropylene body is rotomolded, a process that produces a single-piece shell with consistent wall thickness and no seams to crack or separate under impact. For a buyer stacking cases in a truck bed or sliding gear across a trailer floor, that structural integrity matters more than it does on a shelf. The body is rated for use between -20°F and 140°F, so it holds up in both high-desert summer heat and alpine cold without warping or becoming brittle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWeather-Resistant Seal and Secure Latching\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA heavy-duty rubber seal runs the perimeter of the lid, keeping water and dust out of the interior during rain, river crossings, or dusty trail runs. The e-coated steel latches use a double-throw mechanism that locks the lid firmly closed, and each latch includes a built-in lock hasp sized for a 9\/32-inch padlock shackle. Add your own padlock to use the hasps; no modification is required. Tie-down plates on the exterior let you strap or bolt the TX50 to a vehicle rack, truck bed, or trailer deck rather than leaving it loose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInterior Organization Built In\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLid-stay hinges hold the lid open at a fixed angle while you load or unload, freeing both hands instead of propping the lid with your arm or a stick. A removable inner tray ships with the case and adds a second layer of organization above the main compartment, useful for separating small items like fire-starting gear, first aid supplies, or electronics from bulkier contents below. A MOLLE Panel is listed as an optional accessory for additional attachment points and is not included with the case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRotomolded polypropylene body:\u003c\/strong\u003e single-piece shell, no seams, rated -20°F to 140°F\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-duty rubber perimeter seal:\u003c\/strong\u003e weather-resistant barrier against water and dust\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eE-coated steel double-throw latches:\u003c\/strong\u003e built-in lock hasps accept a 9\/32\" padlock shackle\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTie-down plates:\u003c\/strong\u003e allow the case to be secured to a vehicle or trailer\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLid-stay hinges:\u003c\/strong\u003e hold the lid open hands-free during loading and unloading\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemovable inner tray:\u003c\/strong\u003e included; adds a second organization layer above the main compartment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eExterior Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e17.25 x 17.25 x 16 in (43.82 x 43.82 x 40.64 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eInterior Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e13.00 x 12.25 x 13.25 in (33.02 x 31.12 x 33.66 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eInterior Volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1.22 ft³ (0.03 m³)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eBottom Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e12.60 in (32 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWeight (empty, no foam)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e15.50 lb (7.03 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWeight (with foam)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e18.65 lb (8.46 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eBody Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003ePolypropylene (rotomolded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eLatch Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eE-coated steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eHandle Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMolded-in\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003ePadlock Hole Diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e9\/32 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eTemperature Range\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e-20°F to 140°F (-29°C to 60°C)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eColors Available\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eOD Green, Black, Desert Tan\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eLid-stay hinges, removable inner tray\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMade in USA\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eLimited Lifetime Warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThe TX50 suits overlanders, campers, hunters, and tradespeople who need a rugged, weather-resistant case they can lock, organize, and strap down to a vehicle or trailer. Its 1.22 ft³ interior handles bulky clothing, tools, and mixed gear loads, and the three color options (OD Green, Black, Desert Tan) fit both field and work-site contexts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThe TX50 ships empty; foam inserts are not included and the MOLLE Panel is an optional accessory sold separately. The case does not include a padlock; one must be sourced separately to use the lock hasps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDoes the TX50 come with foam inserts?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Pelican TX50 Adventure Case ships empty with no foam. The included accessories are lid-stay hinges and a removable inner tray. Buyers who need foam padding should confirm foam compatibility for this model before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eCan I add a padlock to the TX50?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eYes. Each e-coated steel latch on the TX50 Adventure Case includes a built-in lock hasp sized for a 9\/32-inch padlock shackle. A padlock is not included with the case and must be purchased separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eHow do I secure the TX50 to my vehicle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe TX50 Adventure Case has tie-down plates molded into the exterior that allow you to strap or bolt the case to a truck bed, vehicle rack, or trailer deck. Straps and hardware are not included; the tie-down plates are the attachment points you use with your own securing method.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat is the MOLLE Panel, and is it included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe MOLLE Panel is an optional interior accessory for the TX50 Adventure Case that adds attachment points for pouches and modular gear organization. It is not included with the case and is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat temperature range can the TX50 handle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe TX50 Adventure Case is rated for use between -20°F and 140°F (-29°C to 60°C). That range covers high-desert summer conditions and cold-weather alpine or winter storage without the polypropylene body warping or becoming brittle.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Pelican","offers":[{"title":"OD Green","offer_id":50572863635526,"sku":"TX50-OD","price":206.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":50572863668294,"sku":"TX50-BLK","price":206.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Desert Tan","offer_id":50572863701062,"sku":"TX50-TAN","price":206.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/pelican-tx50-cargo-case-od-green-closed-sq.jpg?v=1791320653"},{"product_id":"pelican-bx50-cargo-case","title":"Pelican BX50 Cargo Case","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe Pelican BX50 is a roto-molded polyethylene cargo case designed to protect gear, clothing, tools, and dry food during overland trips, truck-bed hauls, and SUV storage. Its 1.22 ft³ interior and weather-resistant, dustproof construction make it a practical hard-sided alternative to soft bags and open crates. The BX50 ships in a single Black \/ Empty \/ Double Throw configuration; a foam-filled version weighs 18.3 lbs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt to Handle the Elements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe BX50's roto-molded polyethylene body resists impacts that crack injection-molded cases, and the EPDM o-ring seal keeps out dust and weather across a rated temperature range of -20°F to 140°F. For overlanders who park in desert heat or alpine cold, that range means the case performs where soft bags fail and cheap plastic bins crack. The weather-resistant seal also protects dry food and electronics from condensation during multi-day trips.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eReady to Mount, Not Just Stow\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe BX50 includes a Mounting Kit Interface Plate and tie-down plates so it can be secured to a roof rack or truck bed rather than sliding loose in cargo areas. E-coated steel latches resist corrosion from road spray and rain, and a 9\/32-inch padlock hole lets you add your own lock for basic theft deterrence at camp. Truck-bed side mounting requires the Pelican Cargo Side Mount, sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRoto-molded polyethylene body:\u003c\/strong\u003e impact-resistant construction rated from -20°F to 140°F\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEPDM o-ring seal:\u003c\/strong\u003e weather-resistant and dustproof closure\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eE-coated steel latches:\u003c\/strong\u003e corrosion-resistant double-throw hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Kit Interface Plate + tie-down plates:\u003c\/strong\u003e included hardware for rack and bed mounting\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e9\/32-inch padlock hole:\u003c\/strong\u003e accepts a standard padlock (not included)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLimited Lifetime Warranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e covers the case\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eExterior Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e17.25 x 17.25 x 16 in (43.82 x 43.82 x 40.64 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eInterior Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e13.00 x 12.25 x 13.25 in (33.02 x 31.12 x 33.66 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eInterior Volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1.22 ft³ (0.03 m³)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eBottom Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e12.60 in (32 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eTotal Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e13.25 in (33.66 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWeight (empty, no foam)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e15.50 lbs (7.03 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWeight (with foam)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e18.3 lbs (8.3 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eBody Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003ePolyethylene (roto-molded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eLatch Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eE-Coated Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eO-Ring Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eEPDM\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003ePadlock Hole Diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e9\/32 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMaximum Temperature\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e140°F (60°C)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMinimum Temperature\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e-20°F (-29°C)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eIncluded Hardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMounting Kit Interface Plate, tie-down plates\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eLimited Lifetime (case only)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCatalog Number\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eBX50\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThe BX50 suits overlanders, truck campers, and SUV travelers who need a hard-sided, weather-resistant container for gear, tools, clothing, or dry food that can be mounted to a roof rack or secured in a truck bed. The included mounting hardware makes it a practical upgrade over loose soft bags for anyone who wants gear to stay put on rough roads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eTruck-bed side mounting requires the Pelican Cargo Side Mount, which is sold separately and not included. The BX50 is sold empty in a single Black configuration; foam inserts are not included in this listing. TerrainVault's own return and warranty policies apply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDoes the BX50 come with foam padding?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Pelican BX50 Cargo Case is sold empty in this listing. A foam-filled version exists (shipping weight 18.3 lbs versus 15.5 lbs for the empty case), but this listing covers the empty configuration only. Foam inserts are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat mounting hardware is included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe BX50 includes a Mounting Kit Interface Plate and tie-down plates for securing the case to a roof rack or truck bed. Truck-bed side mounting requires the Pelican Cargo Side Mount, which is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eCan I add a padlock to the BX50?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Pelican BX50 Cargo Case has a 9\/32-inch padlock hole on its double-throw steel latches. A padlock is not included, but any standard padlock with a shackle that fits a 9\/32-inch hole can be used to secure the case at camp or in transit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat temperature range does the BX50 handle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe BX50 is rated for use between -20°F and 140°F (-29°C to 60°C). The roto-molded polyethylene body and EPDM o-ring seal maintain their weather-resistant and dustproof performance across that range, making the case suitable for desert heat and alpine cold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat warranty does the BX50 carry?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Pelican BX50 Cargo Case is covered by a Limited Lifetime Warranty on the case itself. TerrainVault's own return and service policies apply to purchases made through this store.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Pelican","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50572865175622,"sku":"BX50-BLK","price":279.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/pelican-cargo-bx50-cube-case-black-sq.jpg?v=1791320783"}],"url":"https:\/\/terrainvault.com\/collections\/storage-accessories.oembed?page=12","provider":"TerrainVault","version":"1.0","type":"link"}